JP6915971B2 - Game system - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to a terminal device or the like for a game store in which a game machine is installed.

At game stores (stores) such as pachinko parlors and slot stores, information display devices (call lamp indicators, etc.) that can display information related to games on the game machines are installed in response to the game machines such as pachinko game machines and slot machines. It is generally installed.

Further, in a game store, in order for the employee to carry out the work smoothly, the employee may be provided with a small terminal device. In this regard, for example, Patent Document 1 discloses an invention relating to a terminal device capable of displaying information regarding gauge adjustment of a gaming machine.

Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2016-41099

By the way, while the game machine manufacturer sets the payout rate when the game nails are in the state of the design standard, the game shop fine-tunes the payout rate of the game balls by servicing the game nails and the like. And so on. Therefore, it is difficult to confirm whether or not the actual payout rate is as designed, and in the conventional techniques including Patent Document 1, such an actual payout rate is as designed. It was not possible to determine whether or not the payout rate was reached.

The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object of the present invention is to propose a terminal device or the like capable of determining whether or not the payout rate is as designed in a gaming machine. There is.

The present invention adopts the following means in order to solve the above problems. In addition, although the description of the embodiment for carrying out the invention described later and the reference numerals used in the drawings are added for reference, the components of the present invention are not limited to those with the reference numerals.

The invention according to means 1
It is a terminal device (mobile terminal 2000, etc.) for a game store where a game machine (pachinko game machine 1 etc.) is installed.
The game value used (number of outs, etc.), which is the game value used by the player during the non-advantageous state (non-big hit, etc.) in the gaming machine, and the game value acquired by the player during the non-advantageous state (non-big hit, etc.). Standard relative information (payout rate standard range, payout rate standard value, etc.), which is information related to the standard of relative value (payout rate, etc.) with the acquired game value (number of payouts, etc.), and the measured value of the relative value on the gaming machine. Specific information (payout information, etc.) transmitted from a management device (hall computer 600, etc.) that manages information about the gaming machine, which is information based on the actual measurement relative value (payout rate actual measurement value, etc.) A terminal characterized in that it is provided with a display means (display unit 2300, etc.) that can be displayed in association with the identification information (game machine ID, machine number, model name, etc.) (Q9, etc. of the payout information terminal processing in FIG. 42). It is a device.
According to this, the terminal associates the specific information based on the reference relative information and the actually measured relative value regarding the standard of the relative value between the used game value and the acquired game value in the non-advantageous state of the gaming machine with the identification information of the gaming machine. It can be confirmed in the device. As a result, it becomes possible to determine whether or not the payout rate is as designed in the gaming machine.

Further, as an invention relating to means 2,
The terminal device described in means 1.
The display means is characterized in that it can display information (payout rate error, etc.) related to a calculation result based on the reference relative information and the actually measured relative value as the specific information (payout information display screen, etc. in FIG. 50). The terminal device to be used may be configured.
According to this, it is possible to confirm on the terminal device the information on the calculation result based on the reference relative information and the measured relative value regarding the reference of the relative value between the used game value and the acquired game value in the non-advantageous state of the gaming machine. be able to.

Further, as an invention according to means 3,
The terminal device according to means 1 or 2.
The display means can display information (payout rate suitability information, etc.) regarding the suitability of the measured relative value based on the reference relative information and the measured relative value as the specific information (FIGS. 49 (2), (3), The terminal device may be configured to be the payout information display screen of FIG. 50, etc.).
According to this, it is possible to confirm on the terminal device whether or not the measured relative value in the non-advantageous state of the gaming machine is appropriate.

Further, as an invention according to means 4,
The terminal device according to any one of means 1 to 3.
The display means can display a list of the specific information about a plurality of gaming machines installed in the gaming store in association with the identification information of each gaming machine (for example, the payout information display screens of FIGS. 49 and 50). Etc.), the terminal device may be configured.
According to this, it is possible to easily determine whether or not the payout rate is as designed for a plurality of gaming machines installed in the gaming store.

Further, as an invention according to means 5,
The terminal device according to any one of means 1 to 4.
The display means can display the specific information by changing the display mode according to the reference relative information and the actually measured relative value (display portion determined to have an inappropriate payout rate is displayed in different colors: FIG. 49 (3). ), The payout information display screen of FIG. 50, etc., the identification information of the gaming machine determined to have an inappropriate payout rate is displayed in different colors, the alert display screen of FIG. 51 (2), etc.). A characteristic terminal device may be configured.
According to this, it is possible to grasp the degree of deviation between the actually measured relative value and the reference relative information depending on the display mode of the specific information.

Further, as an invention according to means 6,
The terminal device according to any one of means 1 to 5.
The gaming machine is a gaming machine having a built-in display (display monitor 29, etc.) capable of displaying index values (combined ratio, combination ratio, etc.) related to the relative value.
The display means constitutes a terminal device capable of displaying a method for confirming the display (monitor guide display screen or the like in FIG. 52) (Q17 or the like in the payout information terminal process in FIG. 42). You may.
According to this, it becomes possible to grasp how to check the display built in the gaming machine.

Further, as an invention according to means 7,
The terminal device according to any one of means 1 to 6.
The display means includes information on the external output of the gaming machine (the number (terminal number) and color (terminal color) of the external output terminal provided on the gaming machine, the type and information content of the signal output from each output terminal, and the like. A terminal device characterized in that it can display information such as connections) may be configured.
According to this, it becomes possible to grasp the information regarding the external output of the gaming machine.

Further, as an invention according to means 8,
The terminal device described in means 7.
The gaming machine is provided with a gaming device (data display device 1200, card unit 300, etc.) capable of communicating with the gaming machine.
The display means may constitute a terminal device characterized by displaying information regarding an external output from the gaming machine to a corresponding gaming device.
According to this, it becomes possible to grasp the information regarding the external output from the gaming machine to the corresponding gaming device.

Further, as an invention according to means 9,
The terminal device according to any one of means 1 to 8.
When the measured relative value does not satisfy the appropriate conditions (the measured value of the payout rate is outside the standard range of the payout rate, etc.) determined based on the reference relative information (Q11; Yes of the payout information terminal processing in FIG. 42), the specific notification ( Even if a terminal device is configured to further include notification means (display unit 2300, sound output unit 2400, etc.) for performing (the alert display screen, etc. of FIG. 51) (Q13, etc. of the payout information terminal process of FIG. 42). good.
According to this, it becomes possible to grasp a gaming machine whose relative value may not be appropriate.

Further, as an invention relating to the means 10,
The terminal device according to any one of means 1 to 9.
The reference relative information receiving means (operation unit 2200, touch panel 2250, payout information terminal processing unit 2113, etc.) capable of receiving the reference relative information (U1 of the second payout information terminal processing in FIG. 53, etc.) and
The reference relative information transmitting means (wireless communication unit 2600, etc.) capable of transmitting the reference relative information received by the reference relative information receiving means to the management device (U7, etc. of the second payout information terminal processing in FIG. 53), and
A terminal device may be configured that further comprises.
According to this, the employee of the game store can input the reference relative information into the terminal device and then transmit it to the management device.

Further, as an invention according to means 11,
The terminal device according to any one of means 1 to 10.
Survey information receiving means (operation unit 2200, touch panel 2250, heading information terminal processing unit 2115, etc.) capable of receiving survey information (heading information, etc.) of other amusement stores (M11, etc. of heading information terminal processing in FIG. 43) )When,
The survey information transmitting means (wireless communication unit 2600, etc.) capable of transmitting the survey information received by the survey information receiving means to the management device (M17, etc. of the heading information terminal process in FIG. 43), and
A terminal device may be configured that further comprises.
According to this, it is possible for an employee of a game store to go to another game store, input the information of the investigation on the terminal device, and then send it to the management device.

Further, as an invention according to means 12,
The terminal device according to means 11.
The survey information receiving means receives game information (heading information data 2970: game information data, etc.) from a gaming machine installed in another game store as the survey information.
The investigation information transmitting means may constitute a terminal device characterized by transmitting the game information to the management device.
According to this, it becomes possible for an employee of a game store to input game information obtained by playing a game with a game machine installed in another game store on a terminal device and then transmit it to a management device. ..

Further, as an invention according to means 13,
The terminal device according to any one of means 1 to 12.
Timing determination means (service terminal processing unit 2117, etc.) capable of determining whether or not the timing to provide a specific service to the player playing with the gaming machine has arrived (S1, S11, etc. of the service terminal processing in FIG. 44). Etc.) may be further provided.
According to this, it becomes possible to determine whether or not it is time to provide a specific service to a player who plays with a gaming machine, and it is possible to improve the convenience of providing the service.

Further, as an invention according to means 14,
The terminal device described in means 13.
The display means may configure a terminal device characterized in that it can display information based on the determination result of the timing determination means (S9, S17, etc. of the service terminal process of FIG. 44).
According to this, the employee of the game store can confirm on the screen of the terminal device whether or not the timing of providing a specific service to the player playing the game machine has arrived.

The invention according to means 15
A management device (hall computer 600, etc.) that manages information about gaming machines (pachinko gaming machines 1 etc.).
The game value used (number of outs, etc.), which is the game value used by the player during the non-advantageous state (non-big hit, etc.) in the gaming machine, and the game value acquired by the player during the non-advantageous state (non-big hit, etc.). Standard relative information (payout rate standard range, payout rate standard value, etc.), which is information related to the standard of relative value (payout rate, etc.) with the acquired game value (number of payouts, etc.), and the measured value of the relative value on the gaming machine. Specific information (payout information, etc.) based on the actual measurement relative value (payout rate actual measurement value, etc.) can be transmitted to the terminal device for the game store where the gaming machine is installed (R3 of the payout information management process in FIG. 42). Etc.) is a management device including a transmission means (payout information management processing unit 613, wireless communication unit 660, etc.).
According to this, specific information based on the reference relative information and the actually measured relative value regarding the standard of the relative value between the used game value and the acquired game value in the non-advantageous state of the game machine is transmitted to the terminal device for the game store. Therefore, it is possible to determine whether or not the payout rate of the gaming machine is as designed in the terminal device.

Further, as an invention relating to the means 16,
The management device according to means 15.
A management device is configured to further include a calculation means (processing unit 610, etc.) capable of calculating the actually measured relative value (A19, etc. of the management process of FIG. 37) based on the information output from the gaming machine. You may.
According to this, the measured relative value can be easily calculated on the management device side.

Further, as an invention according to means 17,
The management device according to means 15 or 16.
It is further provided with a calculation means (processing unit 610, etc.) capable of executing a calculation (calculation of payout rate error, etc.) based on the reference relative information and the measured relative value (A19, etc. of the management process of FIG. 37).
The transmission means may constitute a management device characterized in that information (payout rate error, etc.) related to the calculation result of the calculation means is transmitted to the terminal device as the specific information.
According to this, it is possible to transmit the information on the calculation result based on the reference relative information and the measured relative value on the reference of the relative value between the used game value and the acquired game value in the non-advantageous state of the gaming machine to the terminal device. It becomes.

Further, as an invention according to means 18,
The management device according to any one of means 15 to 17.
A management device may be configured that further includes a reference relative information receiving means (wireless communication unit 660 or the like) capable of receiving the reference relative information from the outside.
According to this, it becomes possible to acquire the reference relative information by a simple method.

Further, as an invention according to means 19,
The management device according to means 18.
The reference relative information receiving means may configure a management device characterized in that the reference relative information is received from the terminal device (V1 or the like of the second payout information management process of FIG. 53).
According to this, the employee of the store can operate the terminal device to transmit the reference relative information to the management device.

Further, as an invention relating to the means 20,
The management device according to any one of means 15 to 19.
A management device characterized by further including a survey information receiving means (wireless communication unit 660, etc.) capable of receiving survey information of another game store from the terminal device (N5, etc. of the heading information management process in FIG. 43). It may be configured.
According to this, it becomes possible to acquire and manage the survey information of other game stores from the terminal device.

Further, as an invention relating to the means 21,
The management device described in means 20.
The survey information receiving means may configure a management device characterized by receiving game information from a gaming machine installed in another game store from the terminal device.
According to this, it becomes possible to acquire and manage the game information obtained by playing a game with a game machine installed in another game store from a terminal device.

The invention according to means 22
A gaming system (No. 1) equipped with a terminal device (portable terminal 2000, etc.) for a game store in which a gaming machine (pachinko gaming machine 1 etc.) is installed and a management device (hall computer 600, etc.) for managing information about the gaming machine. 1 game system 1000A, 2 game system 1000B, etc.)
The management device is
The game value used (number of outs, etc.), which is the game value used by the player during the non-advantageous state (non-big hit, etc.) in the gaming machine, and the game value acquired by the player during the non-advantageous state (non-big hit, etc.). Standard relative information (payout rate standard range, payout rate standard value, etc.), which is information related to the standard of relative value (payout rate, etc.) with the acquired game value (number of payouts, etc.), and the measured value of the relative value on the gaming machine. A transmission means (payout information management processing unit 613, wireless communication unit 660, etc.) capable of transmitting specific information (payout information, etc.) based on the actual measurement relative value (payout rate actual measurement value, etc.)
An input means capable of inputting the reference relative information and
A receiving means capable of receiving the reference relative information from the terminal device or an external device different from the terminal device, and
With
The terminal device includes display means (display unit 2300, etc.) capable of displaying specific information transmitted from the transmission means in association with game machine identification information (game machine ID, machine number, model name, etc.).
Wherein the display means can display information about the game value corresponding to the gaming machine, the gaming machine, if the value related to the relative value that is equipped with a display monitor capable of displaying, the display monitor is mounted It is possible to display that it is done,
It is a game system characterized by this.
According to this, the game is associated with the identification information of the gaming machine by associating the specific information based on the reference relative information and the actually measured relative value regarding the standard of the relative value between the used gaming value and the acquired gaming value in the non-advantageous state of the gaming machine. It will be possible to check with the terminal device for the store. As a result, it becomes possible to determine whether or not the payout rate is as designed in the gaming machine.

Further, as an invention relating to the means 23,
The gaming system described in means 22.
The management device further includes a calculation means (processing unit 610, etc.) capable of calculating the actually measured relative value (A19, etc. of the management process in FIG. 37) based on the information output from the gaming machine.
The transmission means may constitute a gaming system characterized in that the specific information based on the reference relative information and the actually measured relative value calculated by the calculation means is transmitted to the terminal device.
According to this, the specific information can be transmitted to the terminal device after the actual measurement relative value is calculated on the management device side.

Further, as an invention relating to the means 24,
The gaming system described in means 22 or 23.
The management device further provides a calculation means (processing unit 610, etc.) capable of executing a calculation (calculation of payout rate error, etc.) based on the reference relative information and the measured relative value (A19, etc. of the management process of FIG. 37). Prepare,
The transmission means may configure a gaming system characterized in that information regarding the calculation result of the calculation means is transmitted to the terminal device as the specific information.
According to this, after performing the calculation based on the reference relative information and the actually measured relative value on the management device side, the information regarding the calculation result can be transmitted to the terminal device as specific information.

Further, as an invention relating to the means 25,
The gaming system described in any one of means 22 to 24.
The management device further includes a reference relative information receiving means (wireless communication unit 660, etc.) capable of receiving the reference relative information from the outside (V1 or the like of the second payout information management process of FIG. 53).
The transmission means transmits the specific information based on the reference relative information received by the reference relative information receiving means and the actually measured relative value to the terminal device (R3 or the like in the second payout information management process of FIG. 53). A gaming system characterized by the above may be configured.
According to this, the management device can acquire the reference relative information by a simple method.

Further, as an invention according to means 26,
The gaming system described in means 25.
The terminal device is
The reference relative information receiving means (operation unit 2200, touch panel 2250, payout information terminal processing unit 2113, etc.) capable of receiving the reference relative information (U1 of the second payout information terminal processing in FIG. 53, etc.) and
The reference relative information transmitting means (payout information terminal processing unit 2113, wireless communication unit) capable of transmitting the reference relative information received by the reference relative information receiving means to the management device (such as U7 of the second payout information terminal processing in FIG. 53). 2600 etc.) and
With more
The reference relative information receiving means may configure a gaming system characterized by receiving reference relative information transmitted from the reference relative information transmitting means.
According to this, the management device can acquire and manage the reference relative information received by the terminal device from the terminal device.

Further, as an invention relating to the means 27,
The gaming system described in any one of means 22 to 26.
The terminal device is
Survey information receiving means (operation unit 2200, touch panel 2250, heading information terminal processing unit 2115, etc.) capable of accepting survey information of other game stores (M11, etc. of heading information terminal processing in FIG. 43),
The survey information transmitting means (heading information terminal processing unit 2115, wireless communication unit 2600, etc.) capable of transmitting the survey information received by the survey information receiving means to the management device (M17, etc. of the heading information terminal processing in FIG. 43). When,
With more
The management device may further constitute a game system including a survey information receiving means capable of receiving the survey information transmitted from the survey information transmitting means.
According to this, the management device can acquire and manage the survey information of other game stores received by the terminal device from the terminal device.

Further, as an invention relating to the means 28,
The gaming system described in means 27.
The survey information receiving means receives game information (heading information data 2970: game information data, etc.) from a gaming machine installed in another game store as the survey information.
The survey information transmitting means transmits the game information to the management device, and the search information transmitting means transmits the game information to the management device.
The survey information receiving means may configure a game system characterized by receiving game information transmitted from the survey information transmitting means.
According to this, the management device can acquire and manage the game information obtained by playing the game with the game machines installed in other game stores received by the terminal device.

The invention according to means 29
A terminal device (mobile terminal 2000, etc.) that is a terminal device for a game store in which a game machine (pachinko game machine 1 etc.) is installed and can display information.
The game value used (number of outs, etc.), which is the game value used by the player during the non-advantageous state (non-big hit, etc.) in the gaming machine, and the game value acquired by the player during the non-advantageous state (non-big hit, etc.). Standard relative information (payout rate standard range, payout rate standard value, etc.), which is information related to the standard of relative value (payout rate, etc.) with the acquired game value (number of payouts, etc.), and the measured value of the relative value on the gaming machine. Specific information (payout information, etc.) transmitted from a management device (hall computer 600, etc.) that manages information about the gaming machine, which is information based on the actual measurement relative value (payout rate actual measurement value, etc.) It is a program (app program 2910, etc.) characterized in that it functions as a display control means (payout information terminal processing unit 2113, etc.) that is displayed in association with the identification information (game machine ID, machine number, model name, etc.). ..
According to this, the terminal associates the specific information based on the reference relative information and the actually measured relative value regarding the standard of the relative value between the used game value and the acquired game value in the non-advantageous state of the gaming machine with the identification information of the gaming machine. It can be confirmed in the device. As a result, it becomes possible to determine whether or not the payout rate is as designed in the gaming machine.

Further, as an invention relating to the means 30,
The program described in means 29.
The display control means is made to function so as to display information (payout rate error, etc.) related to a calculation result based on the reference relative information and the actually measured relative value as the specific information (payout information display screen, etc. in FIG. 50). You may configure a program characterized by.
According to this, it is possible to confirm on the terminal device the information on the calculation result based on the reference relative information and the measured relative value regarding the reference of the relative value between the used game value and the acquired game value in the non-advantageous state of the gaming machine. be able to.

Further, as an invention according to means 31,
The program described in means 29 or 30.
The display control means displays information (payout rate suitability information, etc.) regarding the suitability of the measured relative value based on the reference relative information and the measured relative value as the specific information (FIGS. 49 (2), (3), A program may be configured to function so as to (such as the payout information display screen of FIG. 50).
According to this, it is possible to confirm on the terminal device whether or not the measured relative value in the non-advantageous state of the gaming machine is appropriate.

Further, as an invention relating to the means 32,
The program described in any one of means 29 to 31.
The display control means displays a list of the specific information about a plurality of gaming machines installed in the gaming store in association with the identification information of each gaming machine (for example, the payout information display screens of FIGS. 49 and 50). Etc.), you may configure a program characterized by making it function.
According to this, it is possible to easily determine whether or not the payout rate is as designed for a plurality of gaming machines installed in the gaming store.

Further, as an invention according to means 33,
The program described in any one of means 29 to 32.
The display control means displays the specific information by changing the display mode according to the reference relative information and the actually measured relative value (display portion determined to have an inappropriate payout rate is displayed in different colors: FIG. 49 (3). ), The payout information display screen of FIG. 50, etc., the identification information of the gaming machine determined to have an inappropriate payout rate is displayed in different colors, the alert display screen of FIG. 51 (2), etc.) You may configure a program characterized by making it.
According to this, it is possible to grasp the degree of deviation between the actually measured relative value and the reference relative information depending on the display mode of the specific information.

Further, as an invention according to means 34,
The program described in any one of means 29 to 33.
The gaming machine is a gaming machine having a built-in display (display monitor 29, etc.) capable of displaying index values (combined ratio, combination ratio, etc.) related to the relative value.
A program characterized in that the display control means functions to display a method for confirming the display (such as the monitor guide display screen of FIG. 52) (such as Q17 of the payout information terminal process of FIG. 42). May be configured.
According to this, it becomes possible to grasp how to check the display built in the gaming machine.

Further, as an invention relating to the means 35,
The program described in any one of means 29 to 34.
Information regarding the external output of the gaming machine (the number (terminal number) and color (terminal color) of the external output terminal of the gaming machine, the type of signal output from each output terminal, and the content of the information) of the display control means. , Information such as connection) may be configured to function to be displayed.
According to this, it becomes possible to grasp the information regarding the external output of the gaming machine.

Further, as an invention relating to the means 36,
The program described in means 35.
The gaming machine is provided with a gaming device (data display device 1200, card unit 300, etc.) capable of communicating with the gaming machine.
A program may be configured such that the display control means functions to display information regarding an external output from the gaming machine to a corresponding gaming device.
According to this, it is possible to grasp the information regarding the external output from the gaming machine to the corresponding gaming device.

Further, as an invention according to means 37,
The program described in any one of means 29 to 36.
When the measured relative value of the terminal device does not satisfy an appropriate condition (the measured value of the payout rate is outside the reference range of the payout rate, etc.) determined based on the reference relative information, a specific notification (alert display screen, etc. in FIG. 51) is provided. (Q13, etc. of the payout information terminal processing in FIG. 42) The program may be configured to further function as a notification control means (payout information terminal processing unit 2113, etc.).
According to this, it becomes possible to grasp a gaming machine whose relative value may not be appropriate.

Further, as an invention according to means 38,
The program described in any one of means 29 to 37.
The terminal device
Reference relative information receiving means (operation unit 2200, touch panel 2250, payout information terminal processing unit 2113, etc.) capable of receiving the reference relative information (U1 of the second payout information terminal processing in FIG. 53, etc.).
The reference relative information transmission control means (payout information terminal processing unit 2113, etc.), which causes the management device to transmit the reference relative information received by the reference relative information receiving means (U7, etc. of the second payout information terminal processing in FIG. 53).
You may configure a program characterized by further functioning as.
According to this, the employee of the game store can input the reference relative information into the terminal device and then transmit it to the management device.

Further, as an invention according to means 39,
The program described in any one of means 29 to 38.
The terminal device
Survey information receiving means (operation unit 2200, touch panel 2250, heading information terminal processing unit 2115, etc.) capable of accepting survey information of other amusement stores (M11 of heading information terminal processing in FIG. 43, etc.),
The survey information transmission control means (heading information terminal processing unit 2115, etc.) that causes the management device to transmit the survey information received by the survey information receiving means (M17, etc. of the heading information terminal processing in FIG. 43).
You may configure a program characterized by further functioning as.
According to this, it is possible for an employee of a game store to go to another game store to conduct a survey, input the information obtained by the terminal device, and then transmit the information to the management device.

Further, as an invention relating to the means 40,
The program described in means 39.
The survey information receiving means is made to function so as to receive game information in a game machine (heading information data 2970: game information data) installed in another game store as the survey information.
A program may be configured in which the investigation information transmission control means is made to function so as to transmit the game information to the management device.
According to this, it is possible to input the game information obtained by playing a game with a game machine installed in another game store on the terminal device and then transmit it to the management device.

Further, as an invention relating to the means 41,
The program described in any one of means 29 to 40.
Timing determination means (S1, S11, etc. of the service terminal process of FIG. 44) capable of determining whether or not the timing for providing a specific service to the player playing the terminal device with the gaming machine has arrived. You may configure a program characterized by further functioning as a service terminal processing unit 2117 etc.).
According to this, it becomes possible to determine whether or not it is time to provide a specific service to a player who plays with a gaming machine, and it is possible to improve the convenience of providing the service.

Further, as an invention relating to the means 42,
The program described in means 41.
A program may be configured such that the display control means functions to display information based on the determination result of the timing determination means (S9, S17, etc. of the service terminal process of FIG. 44).
According to this, it is possible to confirm on the terminal device whether or not the timing of providing a specific service to the player playing the game machine has arrived.

It is a front view of a gaming machine. It is a block diagram which shows an example of the functional structure of a game machine. It is a rear view of a gaming machine. (A) is a simplified front view of the main board, and (B) is an explanatory view for explaining the display contents of the display monitor. It is a figure which shows the structure of a part of the storage area in the RAM of a main board. It is a figure which showed the memory map of the CPU in the main board. It is a figure which showed the RAM area corresponding to the storage area of the main board RAM. (A) is a time chart showing the display time of the item displayed on the accessory ratio display device, and (B-1) to (B-5) are explanatory diagrams for explaining changes in the display contents of the display monitor. .. It is explanatory drawing explaining the movement of the data stored in the storage area of a ring buffer. It is a flowchart which shows the procedure of the connection ratio / combination ratio related processing. It is a flowchart which shows the procedure of the connection ratio / combination ratio display control processing. It is explanatory drawing which shows the example of the counter of the total number of acquired balls, the number of characters acquired by a character, and the number of balls acquired by a continuous character. (A) to (D) are front views which simplified the modification of the main board. It is a figure which shows an example of the system structure of the 1st game system. It is a figure which shows an example of the flow of a signal and information in the 1st game system. It is a figure which shows an example of the outer end output of a gaming machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the functional structure of the inter-unit counting unit. It is a figure which shows an example of the functional structure of a hall computer. It is a figure which shows an example of the table structure of the display content setting table. It is explanatory drawing of the index value. It is explanatory drawing of a reference index value. It is a figure which shows an example of the table structure of the display mode setting table. It is a figure which shows an example of the data structure of the data for each display screen. It is a figure which shows an example of the data structure of the data by special display. It is a figure which shows an example of the table structure of the table for special display setting. It is a figure which shows an example of the table structure of the table for setting payout rate suitability information display. It is a figure which shows an example of the table structure of the model information setting table. It is a figure which shows an example of the table structure of the device correspondence table. It is a figure which shows an example of the data structure of the payout information management database. It is a figure which shows an example of the data structure of the heading information management database. It is a figure which shows an example of the data structure of the display device setting data. It is a figure which shows an example of the functional structure of a ball management computer. It is a figure which shows an example of the appearance configuration of a data display device. It is a figure which shows an example of the functional structure of a data display device. It is a figure which shows an example of the data structure of the payout rate aggregate data. It is a figure which shows an example of the functional structure of a mobile terminal. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the flow of management process. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the flow of data display device processing. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the payout rate actual measurement value calculation process. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the flow of a display process. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the payout rate suitability information display control processing. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the flow of payout information terminal processing and payout information management processing. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the heading information terminal processing and the heading information management processing. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the flow of a service terminal process and a service management process. It is a figure which shows an example of the display screen of a data display device. It is a figure which shows an example of the display screen of a data display device. It is a figure which shows an example of the display screen of a data display device. It is a figure which shows an example of the display screen of a data display device. It is a figure which shows an example of the display screen of a mobile terminal. It is a figure which shows an example of the display screen of a mobile terminal. It is a figure which shows an example of the display screen of a mobile terminal. It is a figure which shows an example of the display screen of a mobile terminal. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the 2nd payout information terminal processing and the 2nd payout information management processing. It is a figure which shows an example of the appearance composition of another data display device. It is a figure which shows an example of the appearance composition of another data display device. It is a figure which shows an example of the eaves body. It is a figure which shows an example of the display screen of the 2nd display part. It is a figure which shows an example of the system structure of the 2nd game system. It is a figure which shows an example of the flow of a signal and information in the 2nd game system. It is a front view of a card unit. It is a figure which shows an example of the functional structure of a card unit. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the flow of card unit processing. It is a figure which shows an example of the display screen of the display part of a card unit. It is a figure which shows another example of the signal which a game machine outputs.

Hereinafter, an example of a preferred embodiment to which the present invention is applied will be described with reference to the drawings. However, the embodiments to which the present invention can be applied are not limited to the embodiments described below.

[1. First Embodiment]
First, an embodiment of a pachinko gaming machine, which is a type of gaming machine, will be described.
In pachinko gaming machines, the entry of the game medium into the general winning area has an effect on the game as compared with the entry of the game medium into the starting winning area in which the variable display of the special symbol is executed when the game medium enters. Is low. Further, when the display result of the variable display of the special symbol becomes a specific display result, it is controlled to an advantageous state which is advantageous for the player, but in this advantageous state, the game medium enters the specific winning area where the game medium can enter. Compared to the approach, the interest of the player is low, and it is difficult to enhance the interest. Due to such circumstances, the game nails may be maintained on the game hall side so that it is substantially difficult for the game medium to enter the general winning area.

However, on the game machine maker side, it is usual to design the game board surface so that the game medium enters the general winning area (passes the test) at a predetermined frequency. Therefore, it is desirable that the game field side should be in a maintenance state of the game nails so that the game medium enters the general winning area (passes the test) at a predetermined frequency. It is necessary to raise the player's interest in the entry of the game medium into the general winning area and to make the player aware of the frequency of entry of the game medium into the general winning area.

Therefore, in a gaming machine having such a general winning area, there is room for further enhancing the interest when the game medium enters the general winning area. In the gaming machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to enhance the interest of the game in the gaming machine having a general winning area. Hereinafter, an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.

[1-1. Configuration of pachinko game machines]
FIG. 1 is an example of a front view of the pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter referred to as “game machine 1”) according to the present embodiment, and shows an arrangement layout of main members. Further, FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing an example of the functional configuration of the gaming machine 1.

The gaming machine 1 is roughly divided into a gaming board (meter board) 2 that constitutes a gaming board surface, and a gaming machine frame (underframe) 3 that supports and fixes the game board 2. Further, the gaming machine 1 has a glass door frame 3a formed in a frame shape provided on the gaming machine frame 3 so as to be openable and closable.

The game board 2 is formed with a substantially circular game area 10 surrounded by guide rails. A game ball as a game medium is launched into the game area 10 from a predetermined ball launching device and is driven into the game area 10. Further, the game area 10 is composed of a left game area 10A and a right game area 10B. The game area 10 is an area through which the game ball can pass in the game board 2, and the left side is the left game area 10A and the right side is the right game area 10B with reference to the center of the game area 10.

A first special symbol display device 4A and a second special symbol display device 4B are provided at a predetermined position of the game board 2 (in the example shown in the figure, on the right side of the game area 10). The first special symbol display device 4A and the second special symbol display device 4B are each composed of, for example, a 7-segment or dot matrix LED (light emitting diode), and are identified in a special symbol game as an example of a variable display game. A special symbol (also referred to as a "special symbol"), which is a plurality of types of possible identification information (special identification information), is variably displayed (variable display). For example, the first special symbol display device 4A and the second special symbol display device 4B can variably display a plurality of types of special symbols composed of numbers indicating "0" to "9" and symbols indicating "-", respectively. do. The special symbols displayed on the first special symbol display device 4A and the second special symbol display device 4B are composed of numbers indicating "0" to "9", symbols indicating "-", and the like. Not limited. Hereinafter, the special symbol variably displayed by the first special symbol display device 4A is also referred to as a "first special symbol", and the special symbol variably displayed by the second special symbol display device 4B is also referred to as a "second special symbol". .. The number of special symbol display devices may be one.

An image display device 5 is provided near the center of the game board 2. The image display device 5 is composed of, for example, an LCD (liquid crystal display device) or the like, and forms a display area for displaying various effect images. In the display area of the image display device 5, the variable display of the first special symbol by the first special symbol display device 4A and the variable display of the second special symbol by the second special symbol display device 4B in the special symbol game are supported. For example, in a decorative symbol display area that is a variable display unit divided into three, for example, a decorative symbol that is a plurality of types of identification information (decorative identification information) that can be identified by each is variably displayed. The variable display of this decorative pattern is also included in the variable display game.

As an example, in the display area of the image display device 5, "left", "middle", and "right" decorative pattern display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R are arranged. Then, in the special symbol game, "left" corresponds to the start of either the fluctuation of the first special symbol by the first special symbol display device 4A or the variation of the second special symbol by the second special symbol display device 4B. , "Middle", and "Right", each of the decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R starts to change the decorative symbol (for example, scroll display in the vertical direction). After that, when the confirmed special symbol is stopped and displayed as the variable display result in the special symbol game, the decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R of the "left", "middle", and "right" on the image display device 5 are displayed. , The final decorative symbol (final stop symbol), which is the variable display result of the decorative symbol, is stopped and displayed. As described above, in the display area of the image display device 5, a special figure game using the first special figure by the first special symbol display device 4A or a special figure using the second special figure by the second special symbol display device 4B is used. In synchronization with the figure game, a plurality of types of decorative symbols that can be identified by each are variably displayed, and a definite decorative symbol that is a variable display result is derived and displayed. The derivation display of the display result means that the identification information such as the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed (also referred to as a complete stop display or a final stop display) to end the variable display.

In the image display device 5, as display areas for each decorative pattern display area 5L, 5C, 5R, three areas may be provided so as to be bonded or separated, or to be bonded and separated. .. The display operation in the image display device 5 is controlled by the effect control CPU 120 mounted on the effect control board 12 shown in FIG. When the first special symbol display device 4A is executing the variable display of the first special symbol, the effect control CPU 120 causes the image display device 5 to execute the effect display in accordance with the variable display, and the second special symbol is executed. When the variable display of the second special figure is executed on the display device 4B, the image display device 5 executes the effect display along with the variable display, so that it is possible to easily grasp the progress of the game.

The decorative symbols that are variably displayed in the "left", "middle", and "right" decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R include, for example, eight types of symbols (alphanumeric characters "1" to "8" or Chinese characters. There are numbers "1" to "8", English letters "A" to "H", eight character images related to a predetermined motif, a combination of numbers, letters or symbols and a character image, and the like. Is composed of, for example, a person or an animal, an object other than these, a symbol such as a character, or a decorative image showing any other figure.) In addition to these eight types of decorative symbols, decorative symbols (designs composed of the characters "abrupt") and blank symbols that correspond to "sudden jackpots" (also referred to as "2R probability variable jackpots") and blank symbols (Symbols that do not constitute a jackpot combination) may be included. Each of the decorative symbols has a corresponding symbol number. The number of decorative patterns is not limited to eight, and may be any number (for example, seven or nine) as long as an appropriate number of combinations such as a jackpot combination and a losing combination can be configured.

During the fluctuation of the decorative symbol, in each of the decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R of "left", "middle", and "right", for example, the symbol numbers are sequentially changed from the smaller one to the larger one from the upper side to the lower side. A flowing scroll display is performed, and when the decorative symbol having the maximum symbol number (for example, "8") is displayed, the decorative symbol having the minimum symbol number (for example, "1") is subsequently displayed. Alternatively, in at least one of the decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R (for example, the "left" decorative symbol display area 5L, etc.), scroll display is performed from the one with the larger symbol number to the one with the smaller symbol number, and the symbol is displayed. When the decorative symbol having the smallest number is displayed, the decorative symbol having the largest number may be displayed subsequently.

At the lower right of the display screen of the image display device 5, fourth symbol display areas 5A and 5B for displaying the fourth symbol following the decorative symbol, the special symbol, and the ordinary symbol described later are provided. In the present embodiment, the variable display of the fourth symbol for the first special figure is performed in synchronization with the variable display of the first special figure, and the display result of the variable display is derived and displayed for the first special figure. The fourth symbol display area 5A of the above and the fourth symbol for the second special symbol are variably displayed in synchronization with the variable display of the second special symbol, and the display result of the variable display is derived and displayed. A fourth symbol display area 5B for two special figures is provided.

In the present embodiment, the variable display of the decorative symbol is executed in synchronization with the variable display of the special symbol (however, to be precise, the variable display of the decorative symbol is a variable pattern designation command on the effect control CPU 120 side. It is performed by measuring the fluctuation time recognized based on the above.) When performing the effect using the image display device 5, for example, the effect including the variable display of the decorative pattern disappears from the screen for a moment. The mode of production has been diversified, such as being performed or a production in which a movable object shields all or part of the screen. Therefore, even when looking at the display screen on the image display device 5, it may be difficult to recognize whether or not the variable display is currently being performed. Therefore, in the present embodiment, whether or not the state is currently in the variable display by confirming the state of the fourth symbol by further performing the variable display of the fourth symbol on a part of the display screen of the image display device 5. Is surely recognizable. It should be noted that the fourth symbol is always variably displayed by a constant operation and is not erased from the screen or shielded by a shield, so that it can always be visually recognized.

The 4th symbol for the 1st special symbol and the 4th symbol for the 2nd special symbol may be collectively referred to as the 4th symbol, and the 4th symbol display area 5A and the 2nd special for the 1st special symbol. The fourth symbol display area 5B for drawing may be collectively referred to as the fourth symbol display area.

In the variable display (variable display) of the fourth symbol, the fourth symbol display areas 5A and 5B are displayed in predetermined display colors (for example, the fourth symbol display area 5A for the first special symbol is white, and the second special symbol is the second. 4 The symbol display area 5B is black), and is realized by continuing a blinking state in which lighting (display) and extinguishing (non-display) are repeated at predetermined time intervals. The variable display of the first special symbol in the first special symbol display device 4A and the variable display of the fourth symbol for the first special symbol in the fourth symbol display area 5A for the first special symbol are synchronized with each other. The variable display of the second special symbol in the second special symbol display device 4B and the variable display of the fourth symbol for the second special symbol in the fourth symbol display area 5B for the second special symbol are synchronized with each other. "Synchronization" means that the start time and end time of the variable display are the same, and the period of the variable display is the same.

Further, when the jackpot symbol is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 4A, the fourth symbol display area 5A for the first special symbol is lit (displayed) in a display color (for example, red) reminiscent of the jackpot. Will remain. The display color may be different depending on the jackpot type. Further, when the missed symbol is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 4A, the fourth symbol display area 5A for the first special symbol is lit (displayed) in a display color (for example, blue) reminiscent of the missed symbol. Will remain. In this way, the display result of the variable display of the fourth symbol for the first special symbol is stopped and displayed (deriving display) in the fourth symbol display area 5A.

Further, when the jackpot symbol is stopped and displayed on the second special symbol display device 4B, the fourth symbol display area 5B for the second special symbol is lit (displayed) in a display color (for example, red) reminiscent of the jackpot. Will remain. The display color may be different depending on the jackpot type. Further, when the missed symbol is stopped and displayed on the second special symbol display device 4B, the fourth symbol display area 5B for the second special symbol is lit (displayed) in a display color (for example, blue) reminiscent of the missed symbol. Will remain. In this way, the display result of the variable display of the fourth symbol for the second special symbol is stopped and displayed (derived display) in the fourth symbol display area 5B.

A start winning memory display area 5H is arranged in the display area of the image display device 5. In the start winning prize storage display area 5H, a hold storage display is performed in which the number of hold of the variable display (the number of hold of the special figure) is identifiablely displayed. Here, the hold of the variable display occurs when the game ball enters the first starting winning opening formed by the normal winning ball device 6A or the second starting winning opening formed by the ordinary variable winning ball device 6B (starting winning). do. That is, the start condition (also referred to as "execution condition") for executing the variable display game such as the special figure game or the variable display of the decorative symbol is satisfied, but the variable display game based on the previously satisfied start condition is being executed. When the start condition for starting the variable display game is not satisfied due to the fact that the game machine 1 is controlled to the jackpot game state, the variable display corresponding to the established start condition is suspended. It is said.

As an example, the start prize memory display area 5H is provided with a plurality of display parts whose display colors are changed from left to right in order from the variable display game in which the start condition is first satisfied based on the occurrence of the start prize. There is. Then, when the start condition (first start condition) of the special figure game using the first special figure in the first special symbol display device 4A is satisfied based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening, the display is hidden. One of the display parts in the mode (transparent color) (for example, the display part at the left end of the display parts in the non-display mode) is changed to blue display. In addition, when the start condition (second start condition) of the special figure game using the second special figure in the second special symbol display device 4B is satisfied based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening, the display is hidden. One of the display parts in the mode is changed to a red display. After that, when either the start condition of the special figure game using the first special figure (first start condition) or the start condition of the special figure game using the second special figure (second start condition) is satisfied, for example. The display at the leftmost display portion is removed, and the display at each display portion is moved to the left by one. At this time, one of the display parts that have changed to the blue display or the red display (for example, the display part at the right end of the display parts whose display color has changed) returns to the non-display mode.

That is, when a start-up prize is generated, display control is performed in the start-up prize storage display area 5H to newly display the hold information corresponding to the special figure game executed based on the start-up prize. For example, the hold information is displayed in order from the left according to the order in which the start conditions of the special figure game corresponding to the hold information are satisfied (in the above example, it is also the order in which the start conditions are satisfied). If a new start prize is generated when n hold information is displayed (when n special figure games are held), the n + 1th hold information from the left corresponds to the new start prize. Will be newly displayed. Then, when the start condition of the reserved special figure game is satisfied, the leftmost reserved information corresponding to the special figure game is deleted, and the nth (n ≧ 2) reserved information from the left is left one by one. It will be shifted to n-1 and displayed at the n-1st position.

The order in which the start conditions of the special figure game are satisfied is not limited to the order in which the start conditions occur, and the start condition of the special figure game related to the second special figure is higher than the start condition of the special figure game related to the first special figure. It may be established with priority (so-called special figure 4 priority change). On the contrary, the start condition of the special figure game related to the first special figure is established with priority over the start condition of the special figure game related to the second special figure (so-called special figure 1 priority change). You can do it.

In the start winning prize storage display area 5H, the player or the like may be able to recognize the number of special figure reservations by displaying a number indicating the number of special figures reserved. A display for displaying the number of reserved special figures may be provided together with the start winning prize storage display area 5H or in place of the start winning prize storage display area 5H. For example, along with the start winning prize storage display area 5H, the first hold display 25A and the first hold display 25A and the first hold display 25A for identifiablely displaying the number of special figure hold storages on the upper part of the first special symbol display device 4A and the second special symbol display device 4B. 2 Hold display 25B is provided. The first hold indicator 25A identifiablely displays the first hold storage number as the number of effective start winning balls that have entered the first start winning opening formed by the normal winning ball device 6A. The second hold indicator 25B identifiablely displays the second hold storage number as the number of effective start winning balls that have entered the second start winning opening formed by the normally variable winning ball device 6B. The first hold indicator 25A and the second hold indicator 25B have, for example, the number (for example, 4) LEDs corresponding to the upper limit values (for example, "4") in each of the first hold storage number and the second hold storage number, respectively. Is configured to include. Further, a movable accessory 150 is provided on the right side of the image display device 5.

The movable accessory 150 has a built-in motor and lamp for operating the star-shaped member. The movable accessory 150 is adapted to operate (rotate and light) when an effect of notifying a big hit, for example, a variation result advance notice effect or a look-ahead advance notice effect, which will be described later, is executed.

Below the image display device 5, a normal winning ball device 6A and a normal variable winning ball device 6B are provided. The ordinary winning ball device 6A forms a first starting winning opening that is always kept in a constant open state by, for example, a predetermined ball receiving member. The ordinary variable winning ball device 6B is an electric tulip-type accessory having a pair of movable wing pieces that are changed to a normal open state in a vertical position and an expanded open state in a tilting position by a solenoid 27 for an ordinary electric accessory. (Ordinary electric accessory, so-called electric chew) is provided to form a second start winning opening. As an example, in the ordinary variable winning ball device 6B, the game ball does not enter or enters the second starting winning opening because the movable wing piece is in the vertical position when the solenoid 27 for the ordinary electric accessory is in the off state. It becomes a difficult normal open state. On the other hand, in the normal variable winning ball device 6B, the game ball enters the second starting winning opening by the tilt control in which the movable wing piece is in the tilting position when the solenoid 27 for the normal electric accessory is in the ON state. It becomes an easy expansion and opening state.

The game ball that has entered the first starting winning opening formed in the ordinary winning ball device 6A is detected by, for example, the first starting opening switch 22A. A game ball that has entered the second start winning opening formed in the normally variable winning ball device 6B is detected by, for example, the second starting opening switch 22B. Based on the detection of the game balls by the first start port switch 22A, a predetermined number (for example, 3) of game balls are paid out as prize balls, and the first reserved storage number is a predetermined upper limit value (for example, "4"). ) If the following, the first starting condition is satisfied. Based on the detection of the game balls by the second start port switch 22B, a predetermined number (for example, 3) of game balls are paid out as prize balls, and the second reserved storage number is a predetermined upper limit value (for example, "4"). ) If the following, the second starting condition is satisfied. The number of prize balls to be paid out based on the detection of the game ball by the first start port switch 22A and the number of prize balls to be paid out based on the detection of the game ball by the second start port switch 22B. May be the same number or different numbers from each other.

A special variable winning ball device 7 is provided below the normal winning ball device 6A and the normal variable winning ball device 6B. The special variable winning ball device 7 includes a large winning opening door that is opened and closed by a solenoid 28 for the large winning opening door, and forms a large winning opening that changes between an open state and a closed state depending on the large winning opening door. .. As an example, in the special variable winning ball device 7, the large winning opening door closes the large winning opening when the solenoid 28 for the large winning opening door is in the off state. On the other hand, in the special variable winning ball device 7, the large winning opening door opens the large winning opening when the solenoid 28 for the large winning opening door is on. The game ball that has entered the large winning opening formed in the special variable winning ball device 7 is detected by, for example, the count switch 23 shown in FIG. Based on the detection of the game balls by the count switch 23, a predetermined number (for example, 15) of game balls are paid out as prize balls.

In this way, although the first start condition and the second start condition are satisfied, the special figure game started earlier is being executed, the game machine 1 is controlled to the jackpot game state, and so on. When the start condition for starting the game is not satisfied, the variable display is held. For example, when the first start condition is satisfied, if the first start condition for starting the special figure game using the first special figure based on the establishment of the first start condition is not satisfied, the first hold storage is stored. The number is incremented by 1, and the execution of the special figure game using the first special figure is suspended. Further, when the second start condition is satisfied, if the second start condition for starting the special figure game using the second special figure based on the establishment of the second start condition is not satisfied, the second hold storage is stored. The number is incremented by 1, and the execution of the special figure game using the second special figure is suspended. On the other hand, when the execution of the special figure game using the first special figure is started, the first reserved memory number is decremented by 1, and the execution of the special figure game using the second special figure is started. When this is done, the second reserved memory number is decremented by 1. The added value of the first reserved storage number and the second reserved storage number may be the total reserved storage number or the special figure reserved storage number.

A normal symbol display 20 is provided at a predetermined position of the game board 2 (in the example shown in FIG. 1, the left side of the game area). As an example, the ordinary symbol display 20 is composed of 7 segments, dot matrix LEDs, and the like like the first special symbol display device 4A and the second special symbol display device 4B, and has a plurality of types of identification information different from the special symbol. The ordinary symbol (also called "ordinary diagram" or "ordinary diagram") is variably displayed (variable display). Such a variable display of a normal pattern is called a normal figure game (also referred to as a "normal figure game"). The ordinary symbol display 20 variably displays a plurality of types of ordinary symbols composed of, for example, numbers indicating "0" to "9" and symbols indicating "-". The ordinary symbol display 20 is not limited to the one that variably displays numbers indicating "0" to "9" and symbols indicating "-" as ordinary symbols, for example, "○" and "×". Ordinary symbols are variably displayed by alternately lighting the indicated decorative lamps (or LEDs) or by lighting a plurality of decorative lamps (or LEDs) such as "left", "middle", and "right" in a predetermined order. It may be a thing. A normal symbol display 25C is provided above the normal symbol display 20. The normal figure hold indicator 25C is configured to include, for example, four LEDs, and displays the normal figure hold storage number as the number of effective passing balls that have passed through the passing gates 41A and 41B.

In addition to the above configuration, the surface of the game board 2 is provided with a windmill for changing the flow direction and speed of the game ball and a large number of obstacle nails. Further, as a winning opening different from the first starting winning opening, the second starting winning opening, and the large winning opening, for example, four general winning openings 50A to 50D that are always kept in a constant open state by a predetermined ball receiving member. There is a winning area.

The general winning openings 50A to 50D are composed of ball receiving members projecting forward (player side) from the game board surface. The ball receiving member receives the game ball flowing down from above through the opening, and the horizontal length (width) of the opening of the ball receiving member is larger than the diameter of one game ball, but the game ball 2 It is smaller than the diameter of the piece. Therefore, two or more game balls are not connected in the horizontal direction and pass through the opening of the ball receiving member. Further, the distance between the ball receiving members provided with the general winning openings 50A to 50D is such that at least one game ball can pass through. In addition, a winning ball device for switching the opening and closing of the openings of the general winning openings 50A to 50D (for example, an accessory corresponding to the ordinary variable winning ball device 6B for switching the opening and closing of the second starting winning opening) is provided. It is always open. Further, even if the game ball wins in the general winning openings 50A to 50D, neither the start condition of the variable display of the special figure game nor the start condition of the variable display of the normal figure game is satisfied based on the winning.

In the present embodiment, a predetermined number of prize balls are given to the player as a specific value based on the game balls being won in the general prize opening, but the general prize is not limited to this. With the winning of the game ball in the mouth, a variable winning ball device, for example, a normal variable winning ball device 6B for controlling the opening and closing of the second starting winning opening and a special variable winning for controlling the opening and closing of the large winning opening. Activating the ball device 7 to facilitate the winning of the game ball in the second starting winning opening or the large winning opening may be set as the specific value given by the winning of the game ball in the general winning opening.

Further, the specific value given to the player may be different depending on the general winning opening. For example, when the game ball wins in the second general winning opening 50B or the third general winning opening 50C, 5 One prize ball is given, but when a game ball wins in the first general winning opening 50A or the fourth general winning opening 50D, ten prize balls are given (that is, specific values of different sizes are given. It may be granted). Further, the specific value given when a game ball wins in the second general winning opening 50B or the third general winning opening 50C is a predetermined number of winning balls, but the first general winning opening 50A or the fourth general winning opening 50A or the fourth general winning opening When the game ball wins the 50D, the normal variable winning ball device 6B or the special variable winning ball device 7 may be operated (that is, a specific value of a different type is given).

Further, different effects may be executed according to the specific value given according to the winning of the game ball to the general winning opening. For example, the winning ball may be executed according to the winning of the game ball to the general winning opening. Is given, and when the variable winning ball device operates according to the winning of the game ball to the general winning opening (that is, when the type of specific value is different), different effects are executed. Is also good. In addition, there are cases where 10 prize balls are given according to the winning of the game balls to the general winning opening, and cases where 5 prize balls are given according to the winning of the game balls to the general winning opening. (That is, when the magnitude of the specific value is different), different effects may be executed.

As shown in FIG. 2, the winning of the game ball into the first general winning opening 50A, the second general winning opening 50B, the third general winning opening 50C, and the fourth general winning opening 50D is the first general winning opening corresponding to each. It is detected by the mouth switch 24A, the second general winning opening switch 24B, the third general winning opening switch 24C, and the fourth general winning opening switch 24D. When a game ball is detected by the first general winning opening switch 24A, the second general winning opening switch 24B, the third general winning opening switch 24C, and the fourth general winning opening switch 24D, a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls Is paid out as a prize ball.

As described above, in the present embodiment, since the winning opening switches corresponding to each of the four general winning openings 50A to 50D are provided, the game ball wins the general winning openings in the game control microcomputer 100. Not only that, it is also possible to detect which general winning opening the game ball has won.

The configuration is not limited to the configuration in which a different general winning opening switch is provided for each general winning opening, and a common general winning opening switch may be provided for a plurality of general winning openings. For example, a common general winning opening switch (a switch for detecting that a general winning opening provided in the left game area 10A has been won) is provided for the first general winning opening 50A and the second general winning opening 50B. , A common general winning opening switch (a switch for detecting that the general winning opening provided in the right game area 10B has been won) is provided for the third general winning opening 50C and the fourth general winning opening 50D. You can do it. In addition, a common general winning opening switch (a switch for detecting that one of the general winning openings has been won) is provided for all the general winning openings of the first general winning opening 50A to the fourth general winning opening 50D. You may be able to do it.

At the bottom of the game area, there is an out opening for taking in a game ball that has not entered any of the winning openings. The game ball taken into the out port is collected on the game island via a ball collection passage (not shown) connecting to the out port. The game balls that have won each winning opening (1st starting winning opening, 2nd starting winning opening, large winning opening, 1st to 4th general winning opening) are collected through a winning ball set gutter (not shown) and are balls. It is designed to be collected on the game island via the collection passage. An out-ball detector (not shown) is provided in the ball collection passage. As a result, in the out ball detector, a game ball that is driven into the game area 10 (a game ball that is guided to the out opening without winning any winning opening, and a winning ball set that wins in any winning opening. (Game balls collected in the gutter) Detects all game balls. Every time a game ball is detected by the out ball detector, a detection signal is input to the effect control board 12, so that the effect control CPU 120 totals the number of game balls driven into the game area 10, that is, the number of outs. It is possible. If the out-ball detector is configured to include a counter whose value increases by 1 each time a game ball is detected, the effect control is performed every time the counter value increases by a certain number (for example, 10). The out number increase signal may be output to the board 12 so that the out number can be totaled in a fixed number unit (for example, 10 units) on the effect control CPU 120 side.

Speakers 8L and 8R for reproducing and outputting sound effects and the like are provided at the upper left and right positions of the gaming machine frame 3, and game effect lamps 9 are provided around the game area. Decorative LEDs may be arranged around each structure (for example, a normal winning ball device 6A, a normal variable winning ball device 6B, a special variable winning ball device 7, etc.) in the game area of the game machine 1.

On the lower surface of the glass door frame 3a, there is an upper plate 60 that holds (stores) the game balls paid out as prize balls and the game balls rented out by a predetermined ball lending machine so that they can be supplied to the hitting ball launching device. It is provided. For example, at a predetermined position on the upper surface of the upper plate 60 on the front side, an operation button 30 that can be operated by the player by a pressing operation or the like is installed.

A keyhole 61 is provided on the right side of the upper plate 60. A clerk at the amusement park inserts a key into the keyhole 61 to open the locking device (not shown), and uses a hinge mechanism to open the glass door frame 3a with respect to the frame 3 for the amusement machine. It can be opened and closed. By opening the glass door frame 3a forward with respect to the gaming machine frame 3, maintenance of the gaming board (meter board including game nails and winning openings) 2 (for example, measures to eliminate ball clogging) and The mode changeover switch 31 and the display changeover switch 32, which will be described later, can be operated.

A lower plate 62 for storing game balls that cannot be accommodated in the upper plate 60 is provided immediately below the upper plate 60, and a game ball as a game medium is directed toward the game area in the lower right of the upper plate 60. A ball striking operation handle (operation knob) 63 operated by a player or the like for firing is provided. For example, the hitting ball operation handle 63 adjusts the elastic force of the game ball according to the amount of operation (rotation amount) by the player or the like. The ball striking operation handle may be provided with a single-shot launch switch for stopping the drive of the launch motor included in the ball striking device, or a touch ring (touch sensor).

The operation button 30 is a jog dial that can be pressed and can be rotated. The operation button 30 is not limited to a push operation or a rotation operation, and may be a touch operation or a pressing operation such as a touch panel, or a tilting operation such as a lever type switch. It may be operable, or it may be capable of pressing and tilting operations such as a joystick. Further, instead of the operation button 30, a sensor capable of detecting a predetermined operation action by the player, such as an infrared sensor, a CCD sensor, or a CMOS sensor, may be used. That is, the operation button 30 may be configured so that a predetermined operation action by the player can be detected mechanically, electrically, or electromagnetically. The player's operation action performed on the operation button 30 is a rotary encoder (not shown) for detecting the pressing of the operation button 30 and a rotary encoder (not shown) for detecting the rotation direction and the amount of rotation of the operation button (jog dial) 30. Detected by (not shown).

Next, the progress of the game in the game machine 1 will be schematically described.
In the game machine 1, the game ball that has passed through the first passing gate 41A provided in the left game area 10A and the second passing gate 41B provided in the right game area 10B is the first gate corresponding to the first passing gate 41A. After the normal symbol start condition for executing the variable display of the normal symbol on the normal symbol display 20, such as detection by the second gate switch 21B corresponding to the switch 21A and the second passage gate 41B, is satisfied, for example. The normal symbol game by the normal symbol display 20 is started based on the fact that the normal symbol start condition for starting the variable display of the normal symbol such as the end of the previous normal symbol game is satisfied.

In this normal symbol game, when a predetermined time, which is the normal symbol fluctuation time, elapses after starting the fluctuation of the normal symbol, the confirmed normal symbol, which is the variable display result of the normal symbol, is stopped and displayed (derivated display). At this time, if a specific ordinary symbol (symbol per ordinary symbol) such as a number indicating "7" is stopped and displayed as the confirmed ordinary symbol, the variable display result of the ordinary symbol becomes "per ordinary symbol". On the other hand, if a normal symbol other than the normal symbol, such as a number or symbol other than the number indicating "7", is stopped and displayed as a confirmed normal symbol, the variable display result of the normal symbol is "normal symbol loss". Become. In response to the fact that the variable display result of the normal symbol is "per normal figure", the expansion / opening control (tilt control) is performed in which the movable wing piece of the electric tulip constituting the normal variable winning ball device 6B is in the tilt position. However, normal opening control is performed to return to the vertical position after a predetermined time elapses.

In the special figure game by the first special symbol display device 4A, a game ball that has entered the first start winning opening formed in the normal winning ball device 6A is detected by the first starting opening switch 22A shown in FIG. After the first start condition is satisfied, the game is started based on the fact that the first start condition is satisfied, for example, due to the end of the previous special figure game or the jackpot game state. In the special figure game by the second special symbol display device 4B, a game ball that has entered the second start winning opening formed in the normally variable winning ball device 6B is detected by the second starting opening switch 22B shown in FIG. After the second start condition is satisfied, the game is started based on the fact that the second start condition is satisfied, for example, due to the end of the previous special figure game or the jackpot game state.

In the special symbol game by the first special symbol display device 4A and the second special symbol display device 4B, after the variable display of the special symbol is started and the predetermined time that becomes the special symbol fluctuation time elapses, the variable display result of the special symbol Derived display of the finalized special symbol (special symbol display result). At this time, if a specific special symbol (big hit symbol) is stopped and displayed as a confirmed special symbol, it becomes a "big hit" as a specific display result, and if a special symbol (missing symbol) other than the jackpot symbol is stopped and displayed, it is "missing". ". The specific special symbol (big hit symbol) as the definite special symbol is different depending on the type of the jackpot. For example, the definite special symbol is different between the probable variable jackpot and the non-probable variable jackpot. After the variable display result in the special figure game becomes a "big hit", the game is controlled to a big hit game state as a specific state in which a round game (also simply referred to as a "round") advantageous to the player is executed a predetermined number of times.

In the jackpot game state in which the jackpot symbol is controlled after the jackpot symbol is stopped and displayed as the confirmed special symbol in the special symbol game, the opening / closing plate of the special variable winning ball device 7 is a predetermined period (for example, 29 seconds) or a predetermined number as the first period. By opening the large winning opening in the period until (for example, 9) winning balls are generated, a round game is executed in which the special variable winning ball device 7 is changed to the first state which is advantageous for the player. NS. In this way, the opening / closing plate with the large winning opening open during the execution of the round game receives the game ball falling on the surface of the game board 2, and then closes the large winning opening, thereby causing a special variable winning ball device. 7 is changed to a second state which is disadvantageous to the player, and one round game is completed. In the jackpot game state, the number of executions of the round game, which is the opening cycle of the jackpot, is, for example, 15 times. It should be noted that a plurality of types of jackpot types with different numbers of round game executions may be provided.

After the jackpot game state ends, as one of the advantageous states that is advantageous for the player, a time reduction control that shortens the variable display time (special figure variation time) of the special symbol in the special figure game as compared with the normal state is used. It is controlled to a time saving state to be executed and a probability changing state in which probability fluctuation control (probability change control) is performed together with time reduction control.

Here, the normal state is a normal state as a game state different from a specific state such as a big hit game state, a time saving state, or a probability change state, and is an initial setting state of the game machine 1 (for example, when a system reset is performed). As described above, the same control as in the state in which the initialization process is executed after the power is turned on is performed. On the other hand, the time saving state is when one of the conditions of the execution of the special figure game a predetermined number of times (for example, 100 times) and the variable display result being a "big hit" is satisfied first. Then, just finish. In addition, in the probabilistic state, in each special figure game and variable display of decorative symbols, the probability that the variable display result becomes a "big hit" and is further controlled to the big hit game state is higher than in the normal state and the time saving state. improves. Such a probability change state continues until the next variable display result becomes a "big hit" or a predetermined number of times (for example, eight times) of the special figure game is executed.

A jackpot (type) that is controlled to a probabilistic state after the jackpot game state ends is also called a probabilistic jackpot. The jackpot (type) that is controlled to the time saving state without being controlled to the probability variation state after the jackpot game state ends is also called a non-probability variation jackpot.

In the probabilistic state or the time saving state, the normal symbol display 20 controls the fluctuation time of the normal symbol (normal symbol fluctuation time) in the normal symbol game to be shorter than that in the normal state, and the normal symbol is variable in each normal symbol game. Control to improve the probability that the display result will be "per normal", and control the tilt of the movable wing piece in the normal variable winning ball device 6B based on the variable display result being "per normal". The second start condition is to make it easier for the game ball to enter the second start winning opening, such as control to make the tilt control time to be longer than in the normal state and control to increase the number of tilts than in the normal state. Control that is advantageous to the player is performed by increasing the possibility of being established. In the probabilistic state or the time saving state, any one of these controls may be performed, or a plurality of controls may be combined and performed. In this way, the control that makes it easier for the game ball to enter the second start winning opening in the probabilistic state or the time saving state, which is advantageous for the player, is also called high opening control. By performing the high opening control, the frequency of the second start winning opening being in the expanded open state is increased as compared with the case where the high opening control is not performed. As a result, the second start condition for executing the special figure game using the second special figure by the second special symbol display device 4B becomes easy to be satisfied, and the special figure game can be executed frequently. The time until the variable display result becomes a "big hit" is shortened. Therefore, in the probabilistic state and the time saving state, the big hit game state is more likely to occur than in the normal state. The period during which the high opening control can be executed is also referred to as a high opening control period, and this period may be the same as the period during which the gaming state in the gaming machine 1 is controlled to the probabilistic state or the time saving state. The state in which the high opening control is executed is also referred to as a high base state, and the state in which the high opening control is not executed is also referred to as a low base state.

In the "left", "middle", and "right" decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R provided in the image display device 5, a special symbol game using the first special symbol by the first special symbol display device 4A is used. , Of the special symbol game using the second special symbol by the second special symbol display device 4B, the variable display of the decorative symbol is started corresponding to the start of any special symbol game. Then, the period from the start of the variable display of the decorative symbol to the end of the variable display due to the stop display of the fixed decorative symbol in the "left", "middle", and "right" decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R. Then, the variable display state of the decorative pattern may become a predetermined reach state. Here, the reach state is a decorative symbol that has not yet been stopped and displayed when the decorative symbol that has been stopped and displayed in the display area of the image display device 5 constitutes a part of the jackpot combination (“reach variable symbol”). (Also referred to as) is a display state in which the fluctuation is continuous, or a display state in which all or part of the decorative symbols are fluctuating in synchronization while forming all or part of the jackpot combination. Specifically, some of the "left", "middle", and "right" decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R (for example, "left" and "right" decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5R, etc.) are preliminarily used. When the decorative symbol (for example, the decorative symbol indicating the alphanumeric characters of "7") that constitutes the specified jackpot combination is stopped and displayed, the remaining decorative symbol display area (for example, "medium" decoration) that has not yet been stopped is displayed. In the symbol display area 5C, etc.), the decorative symbol is fluctuating, or the decorative symbol is a big hit in all or part of the decorative symbol display area 5L, 5C, 5R of "left", "middle", and "right". It is a display state that fluctuates synchronously while forming all or part of the combination.

In addition, in response to the reach state, the fluctuation speed of the decorative symbol is reduced, or a character image (directed image imitating a person or the like) different from the decorative symbol is displayed on the display screen of the image display device 5. By changing the display mode of the background image, playing back a moving image different from the decorative pattern, and changing the variable mode of the decorative pattern, a different production operation from before the reach state is executed. May be done. Such an effect operation such as a character image display, a change in the display mode of the background image, a reproduction display of the moving image, and a change in the variation mode of the decorative pattern is called a reach effect display (or simply a reach effect). In the reach effect, not only the display operation on the image display device 5, but also the sound output operation by the speakers 8L and 8R, the lighting operation (blinking operation) on the light emitting body such as the game effect lamp 9, and the like are brought into the reach state. It may be included that the operation mode is different from the previous operation mode. As the effect operation in the reach effect, a plurality of types of effect patterns (also referred to as "reach patterns") having different operation modes (reach modes) may be prepared in advance. Then, in each reach mode, the possibility of becoming a "big hit" (also referred to as "reliability" or "big hit reliability") is different. That is, the possibility that the variable display result will be a "big hit" can be different depending on which of the plurality of types of reach effects is executed. As an example, in the present embodiment, reach modes such as normal reach and super reach are preset. Then, when the reach mode of super reach appears, the possibility that the variable display result becomes "big hit" (big hit reliability) is higher than that when the reach mode of normal reach appears.

During the variable display of the decorative pattern, unlike the reach effect, the variable display state of the decorative pattern may be in the reach state, and the variable display result may be a "big hit". Depending on the variable display mode of the symbol, a variable display effect for notifying the player may be executed. In the present embodiment, variable display effects such as "pseudo-ream" and "slip" can be executed, and each effect operation is executed in response to the determination of the fluctuation pattern on the main board 11 side. Whether or not is decided.

During the variable display of the decorative pattern, the decoration is different from the reach effect or the variable display effect such as "pseudo-ream" or "slip", for example, displaying an effect image such as a predetermined character image or a message image. Notify the player that the variable display state of the decorative symbol may be in the reach state and that the variable display result may be a "big hit" due to an effect operation different from the variable display operation of the symbol. A notice effect for doing so may be executed.

When the special symbol that is the lost symbol is stopped and displayed as the finalized special symbol in the special symbol game, the variable display state of the decorative symbol is not changed to the reach state after the variable display of the decorative symbol is started, and is predetermined. The fixed decorative pattern that is a non-reach combination of is sometimes displayed as a stop. Such a variable display mode of the decorative pattern is referred to as a "non-reach" (also referred to as "reachless loss") variable display mode when the variable display result is "loss".

When the special symbol that is a lost symbol is stopped and displayed as a confirmed special symbol in the special symbol game, it corresponds to the fact that the variable display state of the decorative symbol has reached the reach state after the variable display of the decorative symbol is started. Then, after the reach effect is executed or without the reach effect being executed, a fixed decorative symbol that becomes a predetermined reach combination (also referred to as a reach loss combination) may be stopped and displayed. Such a variable display result of a decorative pattern is referred to as a variable display mode of "reach" (also referred to as "reach loss") when the variable display result is "loss". The fixed decoration symbol that is a non-reach combination and the fixed decoration symbol that is a reach loss combination are also collectively referred to as a fixed decoration symbol that is a loss combination (non-specific combination).

When the special symbol that is the jackpot symbol is stopped and displayed as the confirmed special symbol in the special symbol game, a predetermined reach effect is executed in response to the variable display state of the decorative symbol being in the reach state. Later, a fixed decorative symbol that is a predetermined jackpot combination is stopped and displayed. Here, as for the fixed decorative symbol that is a jackpot combination, for example, the symbol number that is variably displayed in the decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R of the "left", "middle", and "right" in the image display device 5 is "1". Any one of the decorative symbols from "8" is stopped and displayed on the predetermined effective line in the decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R of "left", "middle", and "right". Anything is fine.

In addition, after the decorative symbol that is the jackpot combination is derived and displayed, the look-ahead that announces and notifies that the reserved data whose special symbol display result is "big hit" is stored during the execution of the round in the jackpot game state. The advance notice effect may be executed.

As described above, the game area 10 is composed of the left game area 10A and the right game area 10B, and the player adjusts the operation amount (rotation amount) of the ball striking operation handle (operation knob) to adjust the left game area 10A. It is possible to switch between a left-handed hit that shoots a game ball toward the right side and a right-handed shot that shoots a game ball toward the right game area 10B.

In the game machine 1, when the game ball is launched into the left game area 10A (when the game ball enters the left game area 10A), the right game area 10B is arranged by arranging a game nail or a game ball guiding member (not shown). The game ball is designed to win the first start winning opening at a higher rate than when the game ball is fired. In addition, when the game state is the normal state, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol (normal symbol fluctuation time) is longer than when the game state is the probability change state and the time reduction state, and the variable display result of the normal symbol is "per normal symbol". Since the probability of becoming a player is low, the rate at which the game ball launched into the left game area 10A in the normal state wins the second start winning opening is extremely low as compared with the rate at which the first starting winning opening is won. There is.

On the other hand, in the game machine 1, when the game ball is launched into the right game area 10B (when the game ball enters the right game area 10B), the left game is played by arranging a game nail or a game ball guiding member (not shown). Compared to the case where the game ball is fired in the area 10A, the ratio of the game ball winning in the first starting winning opening is extremely low, or the game ball does not win in the first starting winning opening. .. Therefore, even if a right-handed hit is made in the normal state, the rate at which the game ball wins the starting winning opening (either the first starting winning opening or the second starting winning opening) is left-handed in the normal state. Occasionally, the rate at which the game ball wins the starting winning opening (either the first starting winning opening or the second starting winning opening) is extremely low. Therefore, the player will hit left in the normal state.

Further, the ratio of the game ball launched into the right game area 10B passing through the second passage gate 41B is such that the game ball launched into the left game area 10A is the first due to the arrangement of a game nail or a game ball guiding member (not shown). It is higher than the rate of passing through the 1-pass gate 41A. The rate at which the game ball fired in the right game area 10B wins the second start winning opening in the open state is the game fired in the left game area 10A due to the arrangement of a game nail or a game ball guiding member (not shown). It is higher than the rate at which the ball wins the second starting winning opening in the open state.

Then, in the probabilistic state and the time saving state, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol (normal symbol fluctuation time) is shorter than that in the normal state, and the probability that the variable display result of the normal symbol is "per normal symbol" is higher than in the normal state. Therefore, the rate at which the game ball wins the start winning opening (either the first starting winning opening or the second starting winning opening) when hitting right in the probabilistic state and the time saving state is left in the probabilistic state and the time saving state. It is higher than the rate at which the game ball wins the starting winning opening (either the first starting winning opening or the second starting winning opening) when the ball is hit. Therefore, the player strikes right in the probabilistic state and the time saving state.

In addition, the ratio of the game ball fired in the right game area 10B to the large winning opening in the open state is that the game ball fired in the left game area 10A is determined by the arrangement of the game nail or the game ball guiding member (not shown). It is higher than the rate of winning a large prize opening in the open state. Therefore, the player will hit right in the big hit game state. In this way, the player strikes left in the normal state, switches to right-handed when the jackpot game state occurs, continues right-handed in the probabilistic state or time-saving state after the end of the jackpot game state, and returns to the normal state. With the transition (for example, the end of the probabilistic state or the time saving state without the big hit game state), the player will return to left-handed.

Further, the ratio of the game ball launched in the left game area 10A to the first general winning opening 50A or the second general winning opening 50B provided in the left game area 10A is the first general winning opening 50A and the second general winning opening 50A. Depending on the position where the general winning opening 50B is provided and the arrangement of the game nail or the game ball guiding member (not shown), the game ball launched into the right game area 10B is the first general winning opening 50A or the second general winning opening. It is higher than the rate of winning 50B. On the other hand, the ratio of the game ball launched in the right game area 10B to the third general winning opening 50C or the fourth general winning opening 50D provided in the right game area 10B is the third general winning opening 50C and the fourth general winning opening 50C. Depending on the position where the general winning opening 50D is provided and the arrangement of the game nail or the game ball guiding member (not shown), the game ball launched into the left game area 10A is the third general winning opening 50C or the fourth general winning opening. It is higher than the rate of winning 50D.

For some or all of the plurality of general winning openings (first general winning opening 50A and second general winning opening 50B) provided in the left game area 10A, only the game balls launched into the left game area 10A. It is possible to win a prize, and the game ball launched in the right game area 10B may not win a prize, and a plurality of general prize openings (third general prize opening 50C and fourth general prize opening) provided in the right game area 10B may be provided. For a part or all of 50D), only the game balls fired in the right game area 10B can win a prize, and the game balls fired in the left game area 10C may not win a prize.

In this way, since left-handed hitting is performed in the normal state, there is a high probability that the game ball will win in the first general winning opening 50A and the second general winning opening 50B among the four general winning openings, and the jackpot game state and In the probabilistic state and the time saving state, right-handed hitting is performed, so that there is a high probability that the game ball will win in the third general winning opening 50C and the fourth general winning opening 50D among the four general winning openings. As the game area in which the game ball is launched changes according to the game state and the like, the general winning opening where the game ball is likely to win also changes. In the left game area 10A where the game ball enters in the normal state, a general winning opening is provided at a position where the game ball can easily win, and the right game in which the game ball enters in the big hit game state, the probability change state, and the time saving state. In the area 10B, the general winning opening may be provided at a position where it is difficult for the game ball to win (or vice versa), so that the frequency of winning the general winning opening may change depending on the game state.

The gaming machine 1 is equipped with various control boards such as a main board 11, an effect control board 12, a voice control board 13, and a lamp control board 14, as shown in FIG. 2, for example. Further, the gaming machine 1 is also equipped with a relay board 15 for relaying various control signals transmitted between the main board 11 and the effect control board 12. In addition, various boards such as a payout control board, an information terminal board, a launch control board, and an interface board are arranged on the back surface of the game board 2 and the like in the game machine 1. The payout control board is a board that controls the payout of prize balls, and is equipped with a payout control microcomputer. The payout control board is composed of a ball payout device (not shown) or the like in response to reception of a prize ball number command (transmitted as a control signal from the main board 11) in which data indicating the number of prize balls is set. The payout mechanism (the mechanism for paying out the prize balls) is driven to execute the payout of the prize balls.

The main board 11 is a control board on the main side, and is equipped with various circuits for controlling the progress of the game in the gaming machine 1. The main board 11 is mainly addressed to a sub-side control board including a function for setting a random number used in a special drawing game, a function for inputting a signal from a switch or the like arranged at a predetermined position, and an effect control board 12. , It has a function to output and transmit a control command as an example of command information as a control signal, and a function to output various information to the hall management computer. Further, the main board 11 controls lighting / extinguishing of each LED (for example, segment LED) constituting the first special symbol display device 4A and the second special symbol display device 4B to control the lighting / extinguishing of the first special symbol and the second special symbol. Variable display of a predetermined display symbol, such as controlling the variable display of the normal symbol, and controlling the variable display of the normal symbol by the normal symbol display 20 by controlling the lighting / extinguishing / coloring of the normal symbol display 20. It also has a control function. On the main board 11, for example, a game control microcomputer 100, a switch circuit 110 that takes in detection signals from various switches for game ball detection and transmits them to the game control microcomputer 100, and a game control microcomputer 100. A solenoid circuit 111 or the like that transmits a solenoid drive signal to the solenoids 27 and 28 is mounted.

Further, the switch circuit 110 takes in a signal from the abnormality detection sensor group 26 (details will be described later) and transmits it to the game control microcomputer 100. Although the details will be described later, the abnormality detection sensor group 26 is for detecting the abnormality generated in the gaming machine 1.

The effect control board 12 is a control board on the sub side independent of the main board 11, receives a control signal transmitted from the main board 11 via the relay board 15, and receives an image display device 5, speakers 8L, and 8R. And various circuits for controlling the effect operation by the effect electric parts such as the game effect lamp 9 are mounted. That is, the effect control board 12 produces effects such as the display operation of the image display device 5, all or part of the sound output operation from the speakers 8L and 8R, and all or part of the lighting / extinguishing operation of the game effect lamp 9 and the like. It is equipped with a function of determining the control content for causing a predetermined effect operation to be performed on the electric component for use.

The audio control board 13 is a control board for audio output control provided separately from the effect control board 12, and outputs audio from the speakers 8L and 8R based on commands and control data from the effect control board 12. It is equipped with a processing circuit that executes audio signal processing for this purpose. The lamp control board 14 is a control board for lamp output control provided separately from the effect control board 12, and is turned on / off in the game effect lamp 9 or the like based on commands and control data from the effect control board 12. It is equipped with a lamp driver circuit that drives it.

As shown in FIG. 2, the main board 11 has a first gate switch 21A, a second gate switch 21B, a first start port switch 22A, a second start port switch 22B, a count switch 23, and a first general winning port switch 24A. , The wiring for transmitting the detection signal from the second general winning opening switch 24B, the third general winning opening switch 24C, and the fourth general winning opening switch 24D is connected.

The first gate switch 21A, the second gate switch 21B, the first starting port switch 22A, the second starting port switch 22B, the count switch 23, the first general winning port switch 24A to the fourth general winning port switch 24D are, for example, Anything having an arbitrary configuration capable of detecting a game ball as a game medium, such as a sensor, may be used. Further, on the main board 11, the first special symbol display device 4A, the second special symbol display device 4B, the normal symbol display 20, the first hold display 25A, the second hold display 25B, and the general figure hold display 25C Wiring for transmitting a command signal for performing display control such as is connected. Further, a wiring for transmitting a signal from the abnormality detection sensor group 26 is connected to the main board 11.

The control signal transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12 is relayed by the relay board 15. The main board 11 is provided with, for example, a main board side connector corresponding to the relay board 15, and an output buffer circuit is connected between the main board side connector and the game control microcomputer 100. The output buffer circuit can pass a signal only in the direction from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12 via the relay board 15, and blocks the input of the signal from the relay board 15 to the main board 11. Therefore, there is no room for a signal to be transmitted from the side of the effect control board 12 or the relay board 15 to the side of the main board 11.

For example, the relay board 15 may be provided with a transmission direction regulation circuit for each wiring for transmitting a control signal from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12. Each transmission direction regulation circuit has a diode in which the anode is connected to the main board connector corresponding to the main board 11 and the cathode is connected to the effect control board connector corresponding to the effect control board 12, and one end is connected to the cathode of the diode. The other end is composed of a resistor connected to the ground (GND). With this configuration, each transmission direction regulation circuit can block the input of the signal from the effect control board 12 to the relay board 15 and allow the signal to pass only in the direction from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12. Therefore, there is no room for a signal to be transmitted from the effect control board 12 side to the main board 11 side. In the present embodiment, a transmission direction regulation circuit is provided for each wiring for transmitting a control signal on the relay board 15, and an output buffer circuit is provided between the game control microcomputer 100 and the main board side connector on the main board 11. By providing it, it is possible to prevent an illegal signal from being input to the main board 11 from the outside.

The control command transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12 via the relay board 15 is, for example, an effect control command transmitted and received as an electric signal. The effect control commands include, for example, a display control command used to control the image display operation in the image display device 5, a voice control command used to control the sound output from the speakers 8L and 8R, and a game effect lamp 9. It includes lamp control commands used to control the lighting operation of the decorative LED and the like.

Such effect control commands include, for example, a game state specification command that specifies a game state (normal state, probability change state, or time saving state), a variation start command that specifies a variation start in a special figure game, and a special in a special figure game. A variation pattern specification command that specifies a variation time of a symbol or a variation pattern such as a decorative symbol in the image display device 5, a variable display result notification command that specifies a variable display result such as a special symbol or a decorative symbol, and a decorative symbol in the image display device 5. A decorative symbol stop command that specifies the stop of the variable display of, a jackpot start designation command that specifies the start and end of the jackpot game state, a jackpot end designation command, and a game ball wins in the first start winning opening or the second starting winning opening. The start winning command that is output when, the general winning opening designation command that is output when the game ball wins in the general winning opening, the large winning opening winning command that is output when the game ball wins in the large winning opening, etc. included.

The game control microcomputer 100 mounted on the main board 11 is, for example, a one-chip microcomputer, which is a ROM (Read Only Memory) 101 for storing game control programs, fixed data, and the like, and a game control work. The RA (Random Access Memory) 102 that provides the area, the CPU (Central Processing Unit) 103 that executes the game control program to perform the control operation, and the numerical data indicating the random value are updated independently of the CPU 103. It is configured to include a random number circuit 104 to perform and an I / O (Input / Output port) 105. As an example, in the game control microcomputer 100, a process for controlling the progress of the game in the game machine 1 is executed by executing the program read from the ROM 101 by the CPU 103. At this time, a fixed data read operation in which the CPU 103 reads fixed data from the ROM 101, a variable data writing operation in which the CPU 103 writes various variable data to the RAM 102 and temporarily stores them, and various variable data temporarily stored in the RAM 102 by the CPU 103. The variable data read operation, the CPU 10 receives input of various signals from the outside of the game control microcomputer 100 via the I / O 105, and the CPU 103 goes to the outside of the game control microcomputer 100 via the I / O 105. A transmission operation that outputs various signals is also performed.

In this way, in the game control microcomputer 100, the CPU 103 executes the game control program stored in the ROM 101 to perform the game control. Therefore, the game control microcomputer 100 (or the CPU 103) executes the game control microcomputer 100 (or the CPU 103). (Or perform processing) specifically means that the CPU 103 executes control according to a program. This also applies to a microcomputer mounted on a substrate different from the main substrate 11.

As shown in FIG. 2, the effect control board 12 provides an effect control CPU 120 that performs a control operation according to a program, a ROM 121 that stores an effect control program, fixed data, and the like, and a work area of the effect control CPU 120. RAM 122, a display control unit 123 that executes processing for determining the control content of the display operation in the image display device 5, and a random number that updates numerical data indicating a random number value independently of the effect control CPU 120. The circuit 124 and the I / O 125 are mounted. As an example, in the effect control board 12, the effect control CPU 120 executes the effect control program read from the ROM 121, thereby executing the process for controlling the effect operation by the effect electric components. At this time, the effect control CPU 120 reads the fixed data from the ROM 121, the effect control CPU 120 writes various variation data to the RAM 122, and the effect control CPU 120 temporarily stores the variation data in the RAM 122. A variable data read operation for reading various temporarily stored variable data, a reception operation in which the effect control CPU 120 receives input of various signals from the outside of the effect control board 12 via the I / O 125, and an effect control CPU 120 is I / A transmission operation for outputting various signals to the outside of the effect control board 12 via the O125 is also performed.

The effect control board 12 has wiring for transmitting a video signal to the image display device 5 and wiring for transmitting an effect sound signal as an information signal indicating sound number data to the voice control board 13. A wiring for transmitting an illumination signal as an information signal indicating lamp data to the lamp control board 14, a wiring for transmitting a control signal to the movable accessory 150, and the like are connected. Further, on the effect control board 12, an operation detection signal as an information signal indicating that the player's operation action with respect to the operation button 30 has been detected is transmitted from a push detection switch (not shown) and a rotary encoder (not shown). Wiring for transmission is also connected. Further, on the effect control board 12, wiring for transmitting a signal corresponding to the position (first position or second position) of the operation unit in the mode changeover switch 31 described later, and operation in the display changeover switch 32 described later. Wiring for transmitting a signal corresponding to the position of the unit (first position or second position) is also connected.

The ROM 121 mounted on the effect control board 12 includes an image display device 5, speakers 8L, 8R, light emitters such as a game effect lamp 9 and a decorative LED, an operation button 30, a movable accessory 150, and an effect accessory. A plurality of types of pattern data constituting the effect control pattern are stored in advance in order to control the effect operation using the effect device (electric component for effect) including the movable member included in the effect.

The display control unit 123 mounted on the effect control board 12 shown in FIG. 2 determines the control content of the display operation in the image display device 5 based on the display control command from the effect control CPU 120 or the like. For example, the display control unit 123 executes various effect displays such as variable display of decorative patterns and effect display in reach effect by determining the switching timing of the effect image to be displayed on the screen of the image display device 5. To control. The display control unit 123 may be configured to include a VDP (Video Display Processor), a CGROM (Character Generator ROM), a VRAM (Video RAM), an LCD drive circuit, and the like.

The I / O 125 mounted on the effect control board 12 confirms, for example, the effect control command transmitted from the main board 11, the operation detection signal transmitted from the press detection switch and the rotary encoder, and the state of the mode changeover switch 31. Includes an input port for capturing various signals such as a enable signal and a signal for confirming the state of the display changeover switch 32, and an output port for transmitting various signals to the outside of the effect control board 12. It is composed. For example, from the output port of the I / O 125, a video signal transmitted to the image display device 5, a command (effect sound signal) transmitted to the audio control board 13, and a command transmitted to the lamp control board 14 A command (drive signal) or the like to be transmitted to the movable accessory 150 is output, such as (illumination signal) is output.

The voice control board 13 is equipped with, for example, an input / output driver, a voice synthesis IC, a voice data ROM, an amplifier circuit, a volume, and the like. As an example, in the voice control board 13, the sound number data shown in the sound effect signal transmitted from the effect control board 12 is input to the voice synthesis IC via the input / output driver. The voice synthesis IC generates voices and sound effects according to the phone number data and outputs them to the amplifier circuit. The amplifier circuit outputs a voice signal obtained by amplifying the output level of the voice synthesis IC to a level corresponding to the volume set by the volume to the speakers 8L and 8R. The voice data ROM stores control data corresponding to the sound number data, and the voice synthesis IC reads out the control data corresponding to the sound number data to generate voice and sound effects. The stored data in the voice data ROM may be composed of data showing the output mode of voice and sound effects in a predetermined period in time series.

For example, an input / output driver and a lamp driver are mounted on the lamp control board 14. As an example, in the lamp control board 14, the illumination signal transmitted from the effect control board 12 is input to the lamp driver via the input / output driver. The lamp driver amplifies the illumination signal and supplies it to the game effect lamp 9 and the like.

In the present embodiment, when an abnormality occurs in the game machine 1, the generated abnormality is notified by voice by controlling the speakers 8L and 8R via the voice control board 13, or through the lamp control board 14. The lighting / extinguishing drive of the game effect lamp 9 or the decorative LED is controlled to notify by light, or an abnormality notification image (error message) is displayed in the display area of the image display device 5 via the display control unit 123. I will notify you. Examples of the abnormality include a magnetic abnormality, a vibration abnormality, a radio wave abnormality, and the like, which are detected by using the abnormality detection sensor group 26 or the like.

The abnormality detection sensor group 26 is composed of one or more sensors for detecting an abnormality that occurs in the gaming machine 1. The abnormality detection sensor group 26 is not limited to the sensor, and may include a circuit for detecting an abnormality, various detection switches that do not correspond to the sensor, and the like. The abnormality detection sensor group 26 may be composed of those for detecting an abnormality. One or more sensors and the like included in each of the abnormality detection sensor groups 26 are prepared according to each type of abnormality. What the abnormality detection sensor group 26 specifically includes may be determined by the specifications of the gaming machine 1 and the like. Abnormalities that occur in the gaming machine 1 are phenomena that do not occur or are extremely unlikely to occur in normal games performed in the gaming machine 1 (for example, magnetic abnormalities, vibration abnormalities, and radio wave abnormalities that occur when there is an illegal act on the gaming machine 1). Phenomena such as) and phenomena that can hinder the progress of the game, and in particular, phenomena that require notification to players and employees of game halls (pachinko shops, etc.).

Examples of the abnormality detection sensor group 26 include a magnetic sensor that detects magnetism, a vibration sensor that detects vibration, and a radio wave detection sensor that detects a predetermined radio wave (radio wave in a predetermined wavelength band, etc.). For example, these sensors and the like may be included in the abnormality detection sensor group 26. A known method can be appropriately used to detect the abnormality. When the game control microcomputer 100 detects a magnetic abnormality, a vibration abnormality, a radio wave abnormality, or the like based on an output signal from the abnormality detection sensor group 26, an abnormality detection designation command for specifying that an abnormality has occurred is a main board. It is transmitted from 11 to the effect control board 12, and the abnormality has occurred due to the display of the error message in the image display device 5, the output of the warning sound from the speakers 8L and 8R, the light emission mode when the abnormality occurs in the game effect lamp 9, and the like. Notification is performed.

Here, not only an abnormality has occurred due to the notification means such as the image display device 5, the speakers 8L, 8R, and the game effect lamp 9, but also any of the types of magnetic abnormality, vibration abnormality, radio wave abnormality, and opening of the front door. It is also possible to notify identifiable whether or not an abnormality has been detected.

The magnetic anomaly notification is an abnormality notification performed when a magnetic anomaly (an abnormality that a magnet is in the vicinity of the gaming machine 1, in this case, there is a possibility of fraudulent activity) is detected. There is a fraudulent act of moving the game medium by a magnet to make a prize in the winning opening, or clogging a predetermined area with the game medium in order to guide the game medium to the winning opening. By notifying the magnetic anomaly, it is possible to prevent such an act from occurring. For example, as one sensor of the abnormality detection sensor group 26, a magnetic sensor for detecting magnetism is provided. The CPU 103 determines the presence or absence of a magnetic anomaly by determining whether the signal from the magnetic sensor exhibits a magnetic force equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold value (indicating a magnetic force → having a magnetic anomaly). When a magnetic anomaly is detected, an abnormality detection designation command for designating that the magnetic anomaly has occurred is transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12, and the image display device 5 or the like notifies the magnetic anomaly. For example, an image with the characters "A magnetic error has occurred" is displayed in the error message display area of the image display device 5.

The vibration abnormality notification is, for example, notification of an abnormality that can be executed in a pachinko gaming machine provided with a special variable winning ball device 7. There is a fraudulent act of intentionally shaking the pachinko gaming machine to change the flow direction of the game medium toward the winning opening such as the big winning opening. By notifying the vibration abnormality, it is possible to prevent such an act from being performed. For example, as one sensor of the abnormality detection sensor group 26, a vibration sensor for detecting vibration is provided. The CPU 103 determines whether or not there is an abnormality (vibration abnormality) due to vibration by determining whether the signal from the vibration sensor indicates vibration with a strength equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold value (strongness equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold value). Indicates vibration → There is vibration abnormality). When a vibration abnormality is detected, an abnormality detection designation command for designating that the vibration abnormality has occurred is transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12, and the image display device 5 or the like notifies the vibration abnormality. For example, an image with the characters "A vibration error has occurred" is displayed in the error message display area of the image display device 5.

The radio wave abnormality notification is an abnormality notification performed when a radio wave abnormality (an abnormality in which a predetermined radio wave reaches the gaming machine 1, in this case, there is a possibility of fraudulent activity) is detected. By irradiating the start port switch (1st start port switch 22A and 2nd start port switch 22B), count switch 23, etc. with radio waves, these switches can be switched on / off to illegally generate a prize and win a prize ball. There is cheating to get. By notifying the radio wave abnormality, it is possible to prevent such an act from occurring. For example, as one sensor of the abnormality detection sensor group 26, a radio wave detection sensor for detecting a predetermined radio wave (radio wave in a predetermined wavelength band, etc.) is provided. The CPU 103 determines whether or not there is a radio wave abnormality by determining whether or not the signal from the radio wave detection sensor indicates reception of the predetermined radio wave (indicating reception of the predetermined radio wave → presence of radio wave abnormality). When a radio wave abnormality is detected, an abnormality detection designation command for designating that the radio wave abnormality has occurred is transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12, and the image display device 5 or the like notifies the radio wave abnormality. For example, an image with the characters "A radio wave error has occurred" is displayed in the error message display area of the image display device 5.

Both the mode changeover switch 31 and the display changeover switch 32 are configured by a DIP switch (Dual In-line Package switch) and are provided outside the game area of the game board 2. The mode changeover switch 31 and the display changeover switch 32 configured by the DIP switch switch the operation unit between the first position and the second position (for example, in the case of the slide type, the knob positions are set to one end side and the other end side. By switching to the side), the process (control program) executed by the effect control CPU 120 can be switched. When the glass door frame 3a is closed with respect to the gaming machine frame 3, the player cannot operate the mode changeover switch 31 and the display changeover switch 32 because the glass door frame 3a covers the front surface of the game board 2. It has become. In the mode changeover switch 31 and the display changeover switch 32, when the glass door frame 3a is closed with respect to the gaming machine frame 3 (the state shown in FIG. 1), the player can use the mode changeover switch 31 and the display changeover switch 32 via the glass door frame 3a. It is not shown in FIG. 1 because it is installed in an invisible position.

As described above, the clerk of the game hall inserts the key into the keyhole 61, opens the locking device (not shown), and opens the glass door frame 3a forward with respect to the game machine frame 3. The mode changeover switch 31 and the display changeover switch 32 provided on the game board 2 can be operated (dIP switch changeover). Then, when the operations of the mode changeover switch 31 and the display changeover switch 32 are completed, the glass door frame 3a is returned to the closed state with respect to the gaming machine frame 3, and the key is inserted into the keyhole 61 to lock the device (shown in the figure). ) Is closed.

When the operation unit of the mode changeover switch 31 is in the first position, the voltage of the mode changeover terminal of the effect control CPU 120 is in the Low state, and when the operation unit of the mode changeover switch 31 is in the second position, the effect control is performed. The voltage of the mode switching terminal of the CPU 120 is set to High. When the voltage of the mode switching terminal is Low, the effect control CPU 120 has the operation unit of the mode switching switch 31 in the first position, that is, the image display device 5 has information for the player (for example, a demonstration). It is specified that the game mode is to display the screen, etc.), and the information of the winning number management table, which will be described later, is not displayed on the image display device 5. On the other hand, in the effect control CPU 120, when the voltage of the mode switching terminal is High, the operation unit of the mode switching switch 31 is in the second position, that is, the information for the clerk in the image display device 5 (for example, It is specified that the maintenance mode is for displaying the number of winnings to each winning opening, and the information of the winning number management table described later is displayed on the image display device 5.

When the operation unit of the display changeover switch 32 is in the first position, the voltage of the display changeover terminal of the effect control CPU 120 is in the Low state, and when the operation unit of the display changeover switch 32 is in the second position, the effect control is performed. The voltage of the display switching terminal of the CPU 120 is set to High. When the voltage of the display switching terminal is Low, the effect control CPU 120 indicates that the operation unit of the display switching switch 32 is in the first position, that is, the image display device 5 is informed of the number of winnings in the general winning opening. By specifying that the display is not permitted, it is prohibited to display the information based on the display control table (information that can specify the number of winnings in the general winning opening) on the image display device 5. On the other hand, in the effect control CPU 120, when the voltage of the display switching terminal is High, the operation unit of the display switching switch 32 is in the second position, that is, the image display device 5 wins a prize in the general winning opening. It is specified that the permission to display the number is given, and the information based on the display control table described later (information that can specify the number of winnings to the general winning opening) is permitted to be displayed on the image display device 5. do.

In the present embodiment, the mode changeover switch 31 and the display changeover switch 32 are provided on the front side (the surface facing the player) of the game board 2, but the mode changeover switch 31 and / or the display changeover switch 32 is used. It may be provided on the back surface side (game island side) of the game board 2. In such a configuration, the hinge mechanism of the gaming machine frame 3 is used to rotate the gaming board 2 forward with respect to the gaming machine frame 3, so that the gaming board 2 is placed on the back surface side of the gaming board 2. The provided mode changeover switch 31 and / or display changeover switch 32 can be operated.

As a control command transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12, there is a start winning command as described above. The start winning command includes a start winning opening designation command indicating which of the first starting winning opening and the second starting winning opening has been generated, and the first starting winning opening or the second starting winning opening. There is a start winning judgment result designation command and the like indicating a big hit judgment result and a big hit type judgment result at the time of winning a game ball.

The CPU 103 determines the effective start winning of the game ball to the first start winning opening, that is, the game ball to the first starting winning opening in a state where the first reserved storage number corresponding to the first starting winning opening is less than the upper limit value. When a prize is detected, a random number for determining a jackpot and a random number for determining a jackpot type are extracted from the random number circuit 104, and the extracted random number for determining a jackpot and a random number for determining a jackpot type are used as the first random number in the random number storage area for the first special figure. It is stored in the storage area corresponding to the number of reserved storages (the first number of reserved storages after addition including the valid start winning prize), and a command for designating the "first starting winning opening" is set as the starting winning opening designation command. Further, the CPU 103 matches the extracted (stored) jackpot determination random number with the jackpot determination value stored in the jackpot determination table according to the current game state (normal state, time saving state, or probability variation state). Judgment of whether or not to start Performs the judgment at the time of winning.

In this start winning judgment, if the big hit judgment random number does not match the big hit judgment value in the big hit judgment table, a start winning judgment result specification command for designating "missing" is set. When the big hit judgment random number matches the big hit judgment value of the big hit judgment table, the extracted (stored) big hit type judgment random number is further added to the big hit type judgment table for the first special figure for each big hit type. It is determined which of the determination values stored in is matched. Then, a start winning judgment result specification command for designating the "big hit" of the big hit type corresponding to the matched judgment value is set. For example, as a start winning judgment result specification command, a command for specifying "non-probability change jackpot" or a command for specifying "probability variation jackpot" is set. Then, the set start winning opening designation command (“first starting winning opening” designation) and the start winning determination result designation command are output to the effect control board 12.

The CPU 103 responds to the start winning of the game ball to the first starting winning opening (that is, according to the first starting winning opening) in a state where the first reserved storage number corresponding to the first starting winning opening has reached the upper limit value. When an invalid start prize (invalid start prize) that is paid out but is not the target of the special figure game is detected, a command to specify the "first start prize opening" is set as the start prize opening designation command, and the judgment result at the start prize is specified. As a command, set blank data that specifies that it is not a valid start prize. Then, the set start winning opening designation command (“first starting winning opening” designation) and the starting winning determination result designation command (blank data) are output to the effect control board 12.

The CPU 103 determines the effective start winning of the game ball to the second start winning opening, that is, the game ball to the second starting winning opening in a state where the second reserved storage number corresponding to the second starting winning opening is less than the upper limit value. When a prize is detected, a random number for determining a jackpot and a random number for determining a jackpot type are extracted from the random number circuit 104, and the extracted random number for determining a jackpot and a random number for determining a jackpot type are stored in a second random number storage area for a second special figure. It is stored in the storage area corresponding to the number of reserved storages (the number of second reserved storages after addition including the valid start winning prize), and a command for designating the "second starting winning opening" is set as the starting winning opening designation command. Further, the CPU 103 matches the extracted (stored) jackpot determination random number with the jackpot determination value stored in the jackpot determination table according to the current game state (normal state, time saving state, or probability variation state). Judgment of whether or not to start Performs the judgment at the time of winning.

In this start winning judgment, if the big hit judgment random number does not match the big hit judgment value in the big hit judgment table, a start winning judgment result specification command for designating "missing" is set. When the big hit judgment random number matches the big hit judgment value in the big hit judgment table, the extracted (stored) big hit type judgment random number is further added to the big hit type judgment table for the second special figure for each big hit type. It is determined which of the determination values stored in is matched. Then, a start winning judgment result specification command for designating the "big hit" of the big hit type corresponding to the matched judgment value is set. For example, as a start winning judgment result specification command, a command for specifying "non-probability change jackpot" or a command for specifying "probability variation jackpot" is set. Then, the set start winning opening designation command (“second starting winning opening” designation) and the starting winning determination result designation command are output to the effect control board 12.

The CPU 103 responds to the start winning of the game ball to the second starting winning opening (that is, the second starting winning opening) in a state where the second reserved storage number corresponding to the second starting winning opening has reached the upper limit value. When an invalid start prize (invalid start prize) that is paid out but is not the target of the special figure game is detected, a command to specify the "second start prize opening" is set as the start prize opening designation command, and the judgment result at the start prize is specified. As a command, set blank data that specifies that it is not a valid start prize. Then, the set start winning opening designation command (“second starting winning opening” designation) and the starting winning determination result designation command (blank data) are output to the effect control board 12.

In this embodiment, the variable display result of the special figure corresponding to the start winning is determined based on the big hit determination random number and the big hit type determination random number extracted at the time of the start winning, and the look-ahead is read based on the determination result. Although the advance notice effect is executed, the variation pattern of the variable display corresponding to the start winning is determined based on the random number for determining the variation pattern extracted at the time of the start winning, and the variation pattern is determined. The look-ahead notice effect may be executed based on the determination result. For example, when the judgment result at the time of starting prize is a fluctuation pattern of super reach, the pre-reading notice effect is executed at a higher rate than the case where the judgment result at the time of starting winning is a fluctuation pattern of non-reach. Then it is good.

Specifically, when the CPU 103 detects the effective start winning of the game ball to the first starting winning opening, it extracts a random number for determining the fluctuation pattern from the random number circuit 104, and uses the extracted random number for determining the fluctuation pattern for jackpot determination. Along with the random number and the random number for determining the jackpot type, the random number is stored in the storage area corresponding to the first reserved storage number (the first reserved storage number after addition including the valid start winning prize) in the random number storage area for the first special figure. Further, when the CPU 103 detects the effective start winning of the game ball to the second starting winning opening, the CPU 103 extracts a random number for determining a fluctuation pattern from the random number circuit 104, and uses the extracted random number for determining a fluctuation pattern as a random number for determining a big hit and a big hit. Together with the random number for type determination, it is stored in the storage area corresponding to the second reserved storage number (the second reserved storage number after addition including the valid start winning prize) in the random number storage area for the second special figure.

[1-2. Display of connection ratio and role ratio]
In the game machine 1, in the game control microcomputer 100 of the main board 11, each winning opening (large winning opening, second starting winning opening, first starting winning opening, first to fourth general winning opening, hereinafter, "entry" The number of game balls entering the area) is totaled. Further, in the gaming machine 1, information such as a connection ratio and a combination ratio can be displayed on a display monitor 29 provided on the main board 11.

In the present embodiment, the display monitor 29 will be provided on the main board 11, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the display monitor 29 is provided on other boards such as the effect control board 12, the relay board 15, and the payout control board. You may do so.

On the game machine maker side, it is usual to design the game board surface so that the game medium enters the general winning area (passes the test) at a predetermined frequency. In addition, when conducting the test, it is confirmed whether or not the game medium has entered the general winning area at a predetermined frequency. Further, even after the gaming machine is installed, it is confirmed what kind of maintenance is being carried out, and as a result of the maintenance, whether the gaming medium has entered the general winning area at the frequency as designed. Therefore, in the gaming machine 1 of the present embodiment, it is possible to recognize what kind of maintenance has been made in the gaming machine having the general winning area. Hereinafter, the display of the accessory ratio and the like will be described. Hereinafter, the totalization of the game balls and the display of the accessory ratio and the like on the main board 11 will be described.

The main board 11 shown in FIG. 2 is a board that controls games. The main board 11 is enclosed in a board case 201 as shown in FIG. 4, and a display monitor 29 (for example, 7 segments) is arranged in the center of the main board 11 as shown in FIG. 4 (A). There is. The display monitor 29 is arranged in front of the main board 11 when visually recognizing it. Since the main board 11 cannot be visually recognized when the glass door frame 3a is not opened, the front surface when the main board 11 is visually recognized is the back surface side of the game board 2 when the glass door frame 3a is opened. This is the front of the door, which is different from the front of the gaming machine 1. However, the front surface when the main board 11 is visually recognized and the front surface of the gaming machine 1 may be common.

On the main board 11, information regarding the winning of the game, for example, the number of prize balls by winning the first starting winning opening (Heso), the number of winning balls by winning the second starting winning opening (electric chew), and the large winning opening The number of prize balls and the total number of prize balls due to winning the (attacker) are input and totaled, and the display monitor 29 is the ratio of the number of prize balls due to the prize to the large winning opening (attacker) to the total number of prize balls. Consecutive character ratio (referred to as "ream ratio") (%), the number of prize balls by winning the second starting winning opening (Denchu) and the prize by winning the big winning opening (attacker) out of the total number of prize balls The prize ratio (referred to as "role ratio") (%), which is the ratio of the number of balls, is displayed.

The ream ratio is the ratio of the total number of prize balls to the number of prize balls (the number of consecutive winning balls below) by winning a prize in the large winning opening (attacker). The role ratio is the number of prize balls by winning the second starting winning opening (Denchu) and the number of winning balls by winning the big winning opening (attacker) out of the total number of prize balls (the number of winning balls below). Is the ratio. The total number of prize balls (total number of balls won below) is the number of prize balls by winning the big winning opening (attacker), the number of winning balls by winning the second starting winning opening (Denchu), and the big winning opening. It is the total number of prize balls due to winning in the winning openings (first starting winning opening, general winning opening) other than (attacker) and the second starting winning opening (electric chew). The large winning opening (attacker) and the second starting winning opening (electric chew) are variable accessories, and as the passable width of the game ball fluctuates, the expected winning ratio of the game ball fluctuates. be. In addition, the winning openings (first starting winning opening, general winning opening) other than the large winning opening (attacker) and the second starting winning opening (electric chew) are fixed accessories, and the passable width of the game ball is fixed. The expected winning rate of the game ball is a certain amount.

As a method of aggregating and calculating information on winning a game, the number of prize balls (general prize balls) by winning the first starting port (heso) and the general prize opening (sode) in the number of 6000 prize balls, the first 2 The number of ordinary electric prize balls (the number of electric chew prize balls), which is the number of prize balls by winning the starting prize opening (Denchu), and the special electric role prize, which is the number of prize balls by winning the big prize opening (attacker). The number of balls (the number of attacker prize balls) is totaled. The total is taken as one set, and the continuous ratio (%) and the combination ratio (%) for 10 sets, that is, 60,000 pieces are calculated. In addition, the number of prize balls (general prize balls), the number of ordinary electric prize balls (the number of electric chew prize balls), and the special electric role The number of prize balls (number of attacker prize balls) is recorded in the ring buffer, has a recording capacity of at least 11 sets, and is updated for each set. Further, 6000 pieces of 11 sets are stored in a considerable quantity (for example, several bytes), and the cumulative ratio (%) and combination ratio (%) of them can be calculated.

The display monitor 29 switches and displays the connection ratio (%) and the combination ratio (%) for 6000 pieces, and the cumulative ratio (%) and the combination ratio (%) at predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds). be able to. That is, four displays are switched and displayed by one display means. In this case, it takes 2 minutes to display all, but the number of prize balls by winning the first starting opening (navel) and the winning to the second starting winning opening (electric chew) are counted as the game progresses. The number of prize balls due to winning a prize and the number of prize balls due to winning a prize in the big winning opening (attacker) will change. Then, for example, if the number of prize balls won after displaying the continuous ratio (%) of 6000 pieces is reflected in the winning combination ratio (%) of 6000 pieces displayed thereafter, it is equivalent to 6000 pieces. There is a risk that there will be a discrepancy between the ream ratio (%) and the combination ratio (%) for 6000 pieces. Therefore, the number of prize balls by winning the first start winning opening (Heso), the number of prize balls by winning the second starting winning opening (Denchu), the number of prize balls by winning the big winning opening (attacker), the total prize balls Such discrepancies can be prevented by performing input and aggregation of numbers at a predetermined timing in the switching display (for example, display timing of a continuous ratio (%) of 60,000 pieces).

As an example of the calculation method below, the total number of prize balls is 6000, and the number of prize balls by winning the second start winning opening (Denchu) and the number of winning balls by winning the large winning opening (attacker) A method of calculating the prize ratio (role ratio (%)) when the total number of winning balls is 4,200 will be described. In the following description, the total number of acquired balls means the total total number of gaming media (prize balls) paid out from the gaming machine. In addition, the number of balls acquired as a character means the cumulative number of game media paid out by winning a prize in the attacker and the electric chew. In addition, the number of consecutive winning balls is the cumulative number of game media paid out by winning a prize in the game medium to the attacker. Therefore, the connection ratio can be obtained by the following equation (1). Further, the combination ratio can be obtained by the following equation (2).
Ream ratio = [Number of consecutive characters acquired / Total number of acquired balls] x 100 ... (1)
Role ratio = [(Number of consecutive winning balls + Number of winning balls) / Total number of winning balls] x 100 ... (2)

When the total number of prize balls is 6000 and the number of winning balls is 4200, the prize ratio is calculated as 0.70 (rounded down to the nearest three digits) by dividing 4200 by 6000.
However, since the microcomputer used in the gaming machine cannot perform the calculation after the decimal point, the calculation by the following method is required.

First, the first calculation method will be described. In the first calculation method, first, the number of winning balls is multiplied by 100 to obtain 420000. Then this 420000 is divided by 6000. As a result, 70 is required as a quotient. From the 70 obtained here, the accessory ratio is calculated as 70%. That is, by multiplying the divisor by 100, the calculation result up to two digits after the decimal point can be obtained. Here, when obtaining the calculation result up to three digits after the decimal point, it may be multiplied by 1000.

Next, the second calculation method will be described. In the second calculation method, first, the total number of prize balls is divided by 100 to obtain 60. Then divide 4200 by this 60. As a result, 70 is required as a quotient. From the 70 obtained here, the accessory ratio is calculated as 70%. That is, by dividing the divisor by 100, the calculation result up to two digits after the decimal point can be obtained. Here, when obtaining the calculation result up to three digits after the decimal point, it may be divided by 1000.

In this example, the total number of prize balls is 6000, but a 3-byte area is provided as an area for storing the total number of prize balls in order to calculate the accessory ratio for a long period of time. That is, in this example, it is stored as 00EA60h in the storage area of 3 bytes. Similarly, 00A410h is stored in the storage area of 3 bytes for the number of winning balls.

Here, the microcomputer used in the gaming machine can only perform calculations between values of a maximum of 2 bytes. Therefore, in order to facilitate the calculation, the lower 1 byte may be truncated.

Here, a third calculation method obtained by simplifying the second calculation method will be described. In the third calculation method, the lower 1 byte 60h is rounded down from the total number of prize balls of 00EA60h so that the calculation by the microcomputer used in the gaming machine is easy, and the total number of prize balls is 00EAh, that is, a decimal number. Calculate 234 in the notation. Similarly, the lower 1 byte of 10h is rounded down to 00A410h, which is the number of winning balls, and the number of winning balls is 00A4h, that is, 164 is calculated in decimal notation.

Then, in the same manner as in the second calculation method, the total number of prize balls is divided by 100 (273/100) to calculate 2. Then, by dividing 156 by this 2, 78 is obtained as a quotient. From 78 obtained here, the accessory ratio is calculated as 78%.

In the third calculation method, the calculation by the microcomputer used in the gaming machine becomes easy, but an error of + 12% occurs. However, if the total number of prize balls and the number of winning balls are both 10 times, the error will be + 1%. That is, the error is reduced by lengthening the period for calculating the accessory ratio, and is approximated to the original value.

Further, the substrate case 201 is made of a translucent material so that the main substrate 11 and the display monitor 29 can be visually recognized. The board case 201 is formed with a hole (not shown) through which a wiring connector connected to the main board 11 is inserted, and a heat radiating hole for releasing heat of an electric component of the main board 11. The display monitor 29 provided on the main board 11 is arranged at a position where the heat radiating hole is not directly in front of the main board 11. Therefore, the heat dissipation holes do not block the visibility of the display monitor 29. The "direct front" here means a direct front with the main board 11 as a viewpoint, and means between an employee or the like who wants to visually recognize the main board 11 and the main board 11.

Further, the substrate case 201 is provided with a sticker for displaying the type, model, specifications, etc. of the main substrate 11. These holes, heat dissipation holes, and seals are arranged so as not to block the display of the display monitor 29. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 3, when the display monitor 29 is arranged in the first part of the main board 11 (for example, the central part of the main board 11), the second part is different from the first part in the main board 11. Even if other electrical components or the like are arranged in a portion (for example, a peripheral portion of the main substrate 11), a hole portion, a heat radiation hole, or a seal is arranged in a portion of the substrate case corresponding to the second portion of the main substrate 11. good. In particular, the heat dissipation hole is preferably provided in the vicinity of the display monitor 29 in order to release the heat generated by the display monitor 29. Even in this case, it is preferable that the heat radiating hole is arranged at a position not directly in front of the display monitor 29. According to this, since the display monitor 29 does not interfere with the visibility, it is easy to confirm the information regarding the winning.

Further, it is preferable that the wiring does not overlap the portion of the substrate case 201 corresponding to the second portion of the main substrate 11. Specifically, the portion of the board case 201 corresponding to the second part of the main board 11 does not overlap with the hole to which one connector of the wiring is connected and the connection destination to which the other connector of the wiring is connected. To. According to this, it is possible to prevent the visibility of the display monitor 29 from being hindered by the wiring.

Further, the main board 11 is provided with a 7-segment display for displaying an error of the gaming machine, but in order to avoid misidentification with the 7-segment display monitor 29, the main board 11 should be separated by a predetermined distance or other electronic components. It is preferable to arrange them so as to sandwich the. The other electronic components referred to here are preferably large-scale control components such as a CPU.

In addition, a storage area in which information related to winning a game is stored (ring buffer, 10 sets total buffer (total information related to winning a game stored in a ring buffer having 10 counters having a maximum of 2 bytes), a prize ball. The total number buffer) is not initialized when the reset button is operated, and may be continuously stored. The ring buffer will be described further later. In addition, the checksum of the stored value is calculated, and if an abnormality is detected, it is initialized, or the value of the number of winning balls is larger than the value of the total number of stored prize balls, or the character is Initialization of the storage area in which information related to winning a game is stored when an event that cannot occur in a situation is detected, such as when the value of the number of consecutive winning balls is larger than the value of the number of acquired balls. Processing may be performed. Further, an error display, a warning display, or the like may be performed without performing the initialization process, an error display or a warning display may be performed, or an initialization process may be performed after the error display or the warning display is performed. The error display and warning display will be described further later.

In the calculation of the winning combination (%), for example, assuming that the total number of acquired balls is 34321 and the number of winning balls is 19876, 34321 is divided as a divisor from 19876 to calculate the ratio. 1976/34321 = 0.57912 ..., And it is calculated that the role ratio (%) is about 57.9%. When performing calculations on the game control microcomputer 100, it is necessary to avoid calculation with a decimal point, so the calculation formula is replaced with the following formula. In the division of 1976/34321, the denominator 34321 is divided by 100, the decimal point is rounded down, and 1976/343 = 57.9475 ... Since the part after the decimal point is rounded down, it is calculated that the role ratio (%) is 57%, and it is displayed on the display monitor 29. Will be missing.

The minimum value in 16 bits is 32768 (0 except for the value of the most significant bit), and the value with the maximum error is when the total number of acquired balls and the number of accessory acquired balls are 32799, respectively. When this is calculated by the above method, 32799/32799 = 100%, and when it is replaced with the calculation by the game control microcomputer 100, 32799/327 = 100.3%, which is an error of + 0.3%. When the calculation is performed with the decimal point rounded down, for example, when the accurate value is 69.9% and the value calculated by the game control microcomputer is 70.1%, the display value is 69% → 70%. It is conceivable that an error of% is displayed, but even on the display of an error of 1%, the combination ratio (%) (or the connection ratio (%)) can be displayed with a very small error.

Further, when the above calculation method is used, the total number of acquired balls is divided by 100, so that the calculation cannot be performed when the total number of acquired balls is less than 100. Further, when it is less than 32768, the error gradually increases. If it is less than 10,000, the error may exceed 1%, resulting in a larger error. That is, the smaller the total number of acquired balls, the larger the error. Therefore, the combination ratio (%) and the connection ratio (%) may not be displayed on the display monitor until the total number of acquired balls (for example, 32768, which is the minimum value of 16 bits) of a specific number or more is totaled by the counter. , Even if the display is performed, it may be notified that the error may be large by emitting a dedicated lamp, outputting a notification sound, or blinking the displayed value.

Further, the display monitor 29 displays the combination ratio (%) and the continuous ratio (%) on 7 segments, and displays each value by switching it every predetermined period (for example, every 30 seconds). In this case, for example, while the combination ratio (%) is displayed for 30 seconds, an event occurs in which a new game medium is awarded to the electric chew or the attacker, and the value calculated accordingly is continuously compared after 30 seconds ( If it is displayed as a value of%), there is a risk that the value of the combination ratio (%) and the value of the consecutive combination (%) will deviate. Therefore, it is preferable that the combination ratio (%) and the connection ratio (%) are calculated in the same interrupt and the calculated values are sequentially displayed.

Further, when the numerical value that can be displayed in the 7-segment is double-digit (for example, when two 7-segments are provided), 100% is set as 100 and the display cannot be performed. In this case, 99 may be displayed instead of 100. The display monitor 29 shown in FIG. 4 can display a numerical value in the lower two digits, but even in this case, the numerical value may be displayed without using the upper two digits. Alternatively, under certain conditions, a numerical value may be displayed in a part of the upper two digits.

Further, in the above calculation method, an example of totaling the total number of acquired balls, the number of acquired balls for the accessory, and the number of acquired balls for the continuous accessory on the counter is shown. A sensor provided detects that the game medium has won a prize, and based on the detection result, each prize ball number is individually totaled, and then a counter for the number of winning balls and a counter for the number of consecutive winning balls. You may calculate the value to be aggregated in. In addition, a sensor individually provided for the attacker and a sensor provided after the discharge passage for discharging the game medium winning the attacker and the gaming medium winning the electric chew merge, are used, and based on the detection result. The value to be aggregated in the counter of the number of balls acquired as a bonus and the counter of the number of balls acquired as a continuous bonus may be calculated. Hereinafter, the display of the joint ratio will be specifically described. In the following specific example, an example will be described in which sensors provided for each of the attacker and the electric chew detect that the game medium has won a prize, and the number of each prize ball is individually totaled based on the detection result.

As shown in FIG. 2, a display monitor 29 is connected to the main board 11 of the gaming machine 1. As shown in FIG. 3, the main board 11 is provided on the back surface side of the gaming board 2 provided in the gaming machine frame 3 in the gaming machine 1. On the back side of the game board 2, in addition to the main board 11, peripheral boards such as an effect control board 12, a voice control board 13, a lamp control board 14, a power supply board, a payout control board, and a launch control board are also provided. There is. The main board 11 is arranged at a position where it does not overlap with each peripheral board other than the main board 11. The main board 11 may overlap with each of these peripheral boards. In particular, the main substrate 11 may be overlapped so as to be on the upper side of each peripheral substrate.

The RAM 102 in the main board 11 includes a first gate passing number counter, a second gate passing number counter, a first starting winning number counter, a second starting winning number counter, a first general winning number counter, and a second general winning number counter. A third general prize number counter, a fourth general prize number counter, and a large prize number counter are provided.

The first gate passing number counter is a counter that counts the number of game balls detected by the first gate switch 21A. The second gate passing number counter is a counter that counts the number of game balls detected by the second gate switch 21B. The first start winning number counter is a counter that counts the number of game balls detected by the first start port switch 22A. The second start winning number counter is a counter that counts the number of game balls detected by the second start port switch 22B.

The first general winning number counter is a counter that counts the number of game balls detected by the first general winning opening switch 24A. The second general winning number counter is a counter that counts the number of game balls detected by the second general winning opening switch 24B. The third general winning number counter is a counter that counts the number of game balls detected by the third general winning opening switch 24C. The fourth general winning number counter is a counter that counts the number of game balls detected by the fourth general winning opening switch 24D. The large prize number counter is a counter that counts the number of game balls detected by the count switch 23.

A clear switch is connected to the main board 11. The clear switch is arranged on the back surface of the game board 2 at a position where employees and the like cannot easily operate it. By operating the clear switch, the data used for the connection ratio and the combination ratio stored in the RAM 102, which will be described later, is cleared. The clear switch is a switch that is operated when the calculation of the connection ratio or the combination ratio has to be redone, such as when a failure occurs in the calculation of the connection ratio or the combination ratio. Therefore, it is a switch that does not need to be operated when collecting data for calculating a normal connection ratio or combination ratio. When the clear switch is operated, the clear switch operation signal is transmitted to the main board 11 in addition to clearing the data.

Further, the main board 11 is provided with an RTC 106. The main board 11 can detect the current time by RTC106. The RTC 106 can measure a predetermined time, an elapsed time, and the like by making initial settings, but in the present embodiment, the RTC 106 can measure the business hours of the amusement park.

As shown in FIG. 4A, the main board 11 is housed in the board case 201. A caulking pin 11B is attached to the board case 201. By providing the caulking pin 11B, the main board 11 is completely enclosed in the board case 201, and fraudulent acts on the main board 11 are prevented. The substrate case 201 is a crimped substrate case (hereinafter, also referred to as a “crimped substrate case”).

Further, the display monitor 29 is provided on the main board 11. Further, a sealing sticker 11S is attached to the substrate case 201 to prove that the main substrate 11 is enclosed. The sealing sticker 11S is attached, for example, across the removed portion of the substrate case 201. The sealing sticker 11S is arranged at a position away from the main board 11, and is arranged at a position different from the position where the visibility of the display monitor 29 is obstructed, such as directly in front of the display monitor 29. As described above, the display monitor 29 is arranged at a position not hidden by the sealing sticker 11S.

The display monitor 29 includes a first display unit 29A, a second display unit 29B, a third display unit 29C, and a fourth display unit 29D. The first display unit 29A to the fourth display unit 29D are each composed of seven segments composed of seven segments drawing the character "8" and dots arranged on the lower right side of the seven segments. These first display units 29A to fourth display units 29D can be lit and blinked in various colors such as red, blue, green, yellow, and white, respectively. It is also possible to display these colors in different colors or so-called rainbows while changing them in a very short cycle.

Each item of display Nos. 1 to 4 shown in FIG. 4B is displayed on the display monitor 29. The aggregation period is displayed on the first display unit 29A and the second display unit 29B of the upper two digits, and the numerical value is displayed as a percentage on the third display unit 29C and the fourth display unit 29D of the lower two digits. The display No. 1 displays the short-term continuous ratio, and the display No. 2 displays the short-term combination ratio. Display No. 3 displays the total cumulative ratio, and display No. 2 displays the total cumulative combination ratio.

The short term here means a period in which the number of prize balls paid out (the number of acquired balls) was 6000. The period for obtaining the total cumulative total means the total period after the calculation of the continuous ratio and the combination ratio is started, or the total period after the calculation of the continuous ratio and the combination ratio is once reset.

In the above example, the continuous ratio and the combination ratio are calculated regardless of the gaming state, but may be calculated in consideration of the gaming state. For example, the continuous ratio may be the ratio of the total number of prize balls to the number of prize balls due to winning the big prize opening during the big hit game state. In addition, the role ratio is the ratio of the number of prize balls by winning the second start winning opening in the high base state and the number of winning balls by winning the big winning opening in the big hit game state to the total number of prize balls. May be good.

When the short-term continuous ratio of display No. 1 is displayed, "y6." Is displayed on the first display unit 29A and the second display unit 29B, and when the short-term combination ratio of display No. 2 is displayed, the first display unit 29A and the second display unit 29B display "y6." "Y7." Is displayed on the display unit 29A and the second display unit 29B. When the short-term continuous ratio of display No. 1 is displayed, the short-term continuous ratio is displayed as a percentage (% display) on the first display unit 29A and the second display unit 29B, and the short-term combination ratio of display No. 2 is displayed. If so, the short-term combination ratio is displayed as a percentage (% display) on the first display unit 29A and the second display unit 29B.

When the total cumulative ratio of display No. 3 is displayed, "A6." Is displayed on the first display unit 29A and the second display unit 29B, and when the total cumulative combination ratio of display No. 4 is displayed, the total cumulative combination ratio is displayed. "A7." Is displayed on the first display unit 29A and the second display unit 29B. When the total cumulative ratio of display No. 3 is displayed, the total cumulative ratio is displayed as a percentage (% display) on the third display unit 29C and the fourth display unit 29D, and the total cumulative combination of display No. 4 is displayed. When the ratio is displayed, the total cumulative combination ratio is displayed as a percentage (% display) on the third display unit 29C and the fourth display unit 29D.

The main board 11 determines the number of game balls that have entered the attacker, the first start winning opening, the second starting winning opening, and the first general winning opening to the fourth general winning opening in calculating the joint ratio and the winning combination ratio. Aggregating. In the main process, the CPU 103 includes a first gate switch 21A and a second gate switch 21B, a first start port switch 22A and a second start port switch 22B, a count switch 23, and a first general winning opening switch 24A to a fourth general. A state confirmation process for confirming the state (presence / absence of a detection signal) of each switch of the winning opening switch 24D is performed.

In the state confirmation process of each switch, it is specified which approach area the game ball has entered based on the detection signal output from each switch. Then, when the detection signal is output from the first gate switch 21A and the second gate switch 21B, the values of the first gate pass count counter and the second gate pass count counter are added, and the first start port switch 22A, When the detection signal is output from the second start port switch 22B, the values of the first start winning number counter and the second start winning number counter are added, and when the detection signal is output from the count switch 23, the detection signal is output. When the value of the large winning number counter is added and the detection signal is output from the first general winning opening switch 24A, the second general winning opening switch 24B, the third general winning opening switch 24C, and the fourth general winning opening switch 24D. Is the number of game balls entering each entry area (each prize) by adding the values of the first general prize counter, the second general prize counter, the third general prize counter, and the fourth general prize counter. The number of winning game balls in the mouth) is totaled. The value of each counter is stored in the RAM 102.

In this way, the step for totaling the number of game balls entering each approach area is executed together in a series of processes for confirming the state of the switch corresponding to each approach area (included in the switch state confirmation process). ) Therefore, it is possible to count the number of game balls entering each approach area without executing a separate counting program, that is, without causing the problem of capacity shortage due to an increase in the number of execution programs. ..

The CPU 103 of the main board 11 calculates the number of winning balls by winning each winning opening based on the total number of winning balls to each winning opening, and stores the calculated number of winning balls in the RAM 102 for each winning opening. Let me. The number of prize balls for winning a game ball is calculated by multiplying the number of game balls paid out by one prize for the winning opening by the number of winnings for the winning opening. The number of prize balls for winning a game ball is predetermined for each winning opening.

As shown in FIG. 5, the number of prize balls for each winning opening classified here is as follows: general winning opening prize balls (winning balls from the first general winning opening to the fourth general winning opening (sode)). 1st start winning prize ball (prize ball by winning the 1st starting prize opening (heso)), ordinary electric role prize ball (prize ball by winning the electric chew), special electric role prize ball (winning to the attacker) It is the number of prize balls. The RAM 102 also stores the total number of prize balls. In the CPU 103, the number of winning game balls to the general winning opening and the number of winning game balls to the first starting opening are individually totaled, but the number of winning balls to the general winning opening and the first starting opening The number of winning game balls may be aggregated. In addition, the number of prize balls of the general winning opening prize ball and the number of prize balls of the first starting opening prize ball are calculated separately, but the number of prize balls of the general winning opening prize ball and the first starting opening prize ball The number of prize balls may be calculated together.

The RAM 102 includes a ring buffer and an active buffer for storing the number of these prize balls. The ring buffer includes ten first storage areas to tenth storage areas including a counter of a maximum of 2 bytes for storing the number of prize balls by winning a prize in each winning opening for each number of 6000 prize balls. As described above, the ring buffer has a storage area of a predetermined unit (maximum 2 bytes). Further, the active buffer includes a 0th storage area including a counter of up to 2 bytes for storing the number of prize balls by winning a prize in each winning opening for each number of 6000 prize balls. The number of prize balls for each winning opening, which increases as the game progresses, is added to the 0th storage area. The 11 storage areas from the 0th storage area to the 10th storage area can store 256 × 256 = 65536 data, and up to 6000 data can be stored with a margin.

Further, the RAM 102 is provided with a storage area of the total number of prize balls (for 10 sets) stored in the first storage area to the tenth storage area and the total cumulative total for each winning opening. The total storage area for 10 sets and the total storage area are composed of a counter of up to 3 bytes. Therefore, 256 × 256 × 256 = 16777216 data can be stored, and up to 60,000 data can be stored with a margin. I can remember.

Further, the RAM 102 is provided with a ratio-combination ratio storage area for storing the combination ratio and the combination ratio of 10 sets and the total cumulative total. In the CPU 103 of the main board 11, the winning ratios and consecutive ratios of 10 sets and the total cumulative total are calculated based on the number of prize balls based on the number of winning games to each winning opening for 10 sets and the total cumulative total, and the 10 sets worth. And the total cumulative combination ratio and connection ratio are stored in the connection ratio combination storage area. The ratio-combination ratio storage area for storing the combination ratio and the combination ratio for 10 sets and the total cumulative total is composed of a counter of a maximum of 1 byte. The winning ratios and linkage ratios for 10 sets and the total cumulative total can be stored with a margin at a counter of up to 1 byte, for example, when storing them as integers.

Here, the memory space of the CPU 103 of the main board 11 will be described.
FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a memory map of the CPU on the main board. The CPU 103 has a memory space for accessing the above-mentioned built-in registers, ROM 101, RAM 102, and the like. Specifically, as shown in the memory map of FIG. 6, the address / data signal line of the ROM 101 is a ROM area of the memory space (in the present embodiment, 0000H to 2FFFH (H indicates a hexadecimal number; the same applies hereinafter)). Of these, 0000H to 2FBFH. 2FC0H to 2FFFH are assigned to the program management area), and the CPU 103 specifies this ROM area to read data from the ROM 101. Further, in the present embodiment, the ROM area is divided into eight areas from the first area to the eighth area for management, and the first area is an area starting from 0000H.

Further, the address / data signal line of the built-in register is assigned to the register area (FE00H to FEBFH in this embodiment) of the memory space, and the CPU 103 reads data from the built-in register or goes to the register via this register area. Write the data of.

Further, the address / data signal line of the RAM 102 is assigned to the RWM area (F000H to F3FFH in this embodiment) of the memory space, and the CPU 103 specifies this RWM area to read data from the RAM 102 or to the RAM 102. Write data. The other areas of the memory space (3000H to EFFFH, F400H to FDFFH, FEC0H to FFFFH in this embodiment) are regarded as unused areas.

Further, the RAM area corresponding to the storage area of the RAM 102 (in this embodiment, a 16 Kbyte area of 0000H to 2FFFH) is composed of a RAM control area, an unused area, a RAM data area, and other areas, as shown in FIG. Has been done. In the storage area of the RAM 102 corresponding to the RAM control area, instruction data (opcode) corresponding to each of a plurality of types of instructions executed by the CPU 103 and supplementary data (operator) required for the CPU 103 to execute each instruction are used. Data for the configured control program (sometimes simply referred to as control program data) is temporarily stored, and reference data referred to by the above control program is stored in the storage area of the RAM 102 corresponding to the RAM data area. (For example, the above-mentioned various lottery data) is temporarily stored.

Further, data used for displaying the connection ratio and the combination ratio is temporarily stored in the storage area of the RAM 102 corresponding to the unused area and the storage area of the RAM 102 corresponding to the other area. For example, the storage area of the RAM 102 corresponding to the unused area is provided with a storage area for storing the total total number of prize balls for each winning opening and a continuous ratio storage area for the total total. The storage areas of the RAM 102 corresponding to the other areas include an active buffer having a 0th storage area for each winning opening, a ring buffer having 1st to 10th storage areas, and the number of winning balls for each winning opening (10 sets). A storage area for the sum of minutes) and a storage area for 10 sets of joint ratios are provided. Data having different starting addresses of subroutines are stored in the storage area of the RAM 102 corresponding to the unused area and the storage area of the RAM 102 corresponding to the other area.

In the present embodiment, 1 byte (8 bits) of data can be stored in the storage area of the RAM 102 corresponding to each address of the RAM area, and each of the above-mentioned data (instruction data, supplementary data, reference data) can be stored. , Management data) is data with a number of bytes exceeding 1 byte (for example, 2 bytes), the data is divided and stored in the storage area of the RAM 102 corresponding to a plurality of consecutive addresses in the RAM control area. is doing.

Further, the main board 11 controls the display monitor 29 to display the connection ratio and the combination ratio. Here, the main board 11 controls to sequentially display a plurality of items.
FIG. 8A is a time chart showing the display time of the items displayed on the accessory ratio display device. As shown in FIG. 8A, when the display on the display monitor 29 is started, the short-term continuous ratio of the display No. 1 is first displayed. The display of the short-term continuous ratio of display No. 1 is displayed in green. In the display of the short-term continuous ratio of display No. 1, as shown in FIG. 8 (B-1), the character "y" is displayed on the first display unit 29A, and the character "6." is displayed on the second display unit 29B. Is displayed. Further, the short-term continuous ratio is displayed on the third display unit 29C and the fourth display unit 29D. For example, when the short-term continuous ratio is 41%, the character "4." is displayed on the third display unit 29C, and the character "1." is displayed on the fourth display unit 29D.

When the display of the display No. 1 continues for 30 seconds, the short-term combination ratio of the display No. 2 is displayed. The display of the short-term continuous ratio of display No. 2 is displayed in red. In the display of the short-term combination ratio of display No. 2, as shown in FIG. 8 (B-2), the character "y" is displayed on the first display unit 29A, and the character "7." is displayed on the second display unit 29B. Is displayed. Further, the short-term combination ratio is displayed on the third display unit 29C and the fourth display unit 29D. For example, when the short-term combination ratio is 63%, the character "4." is displayed on the third display unit 29C, and the character "3." is displayed on the fourth display unit 29D.

When the display of display No. 2 continues for 30 seconds, the total cumulative ratio of display No. 3 is displayed. The display of the total cumulative ratio of display No. 3 is displayed in red. In the display of the total cumulative ratio of display No. 3, as shown in FIG. 8 (B-3), the character "A" is displayed on the first display unit 29A, and the character "6." is displayed on the second display unit 29B. Is displayed. Further, the total cumulative ratio is displayed on the third display unit 29C and the fourth display unit 29D. For example, when the total cumulative ratio is 58%, the character "5." is displayed on the third display unit 29C, and the character "8." is displayed on the fourth display unit 29D.

When the display of display No. 3 continues for 30 seconds, the total cumulative combination ratio of display No. 4 is displayed. The display of the total cumulative combination ratio of display No. 4 is displayed in red. In the display of the total cumulative combination ratio of display No. 4, as shown in FIG. 8 (B-4), the character "A" is displayed on the first display unit 29A, and the character "7." is displayed on the second display unit 29B. Is displayed. Further, the total cumulative combination ratio is displayed on the third display unit 29C and the fourth display unit 29D. For example, when the total cumulative combination ratio is 68%, the character "6." is displayed on the third display unit 29C, and the character "8." is displayed on the fourth display unit 29D.

When the display of the display No. 4 continues for 30 seconds, the short-term continuous ratio of the display No. 1 is displayed as shown in FIG. 8 (B-5). After that, the display of the short-term continuous ratio of display No. 1 to the total cumulative combination ratio of display No. 4 is sequentially displayed every 30 seconds. Further, as for the display color, only the short-term continuous ratio of display No. 1 is green, and the short-term combination ratio of display No. 2 to the total cumulative combination ratio of display No. 4 is red. In this way, the display monitor 29 switches and displays the short-term continuous ratio, the short-term combination ratio, the total cumulative combination ratio, and the total cumulative combination ratio every 30 seconds.

Further, in the main board 11, when the total number of prize balls in the 0th storage area in the active buffer reaches 6000, which is a predetermined capacity, the storage in the 0th storage area to the 10th storage area in the ring buffer is updated. Further, the storage area of the total sum and the total total of 10 sets and the storage area of the continuous ratio combination storage area for storing the combination ratio and the connection ratio of the 10 sets and the total total are updated, respectively.

In the update in the active buffer and the ring buffer, the numerical value stored in the 0th storage area of the active buffer is moved to the 1st storage area of the ring buffer. Further, the numerical values stored in the first storage area to the ninth storage area of the ring buffer are moved to the second storage area to the tenth storage area, respectively. For example, as shown in FIG. 9, the number of prize balls of the general winning opening prize balls in the 0th storage area to the 9th storage area is "27", "81", "120", "36", "225", "87", and "66", respectively. "117" "45" "21". At this time, when the total number of prize balls in the 0th storage area of the active buffer reaches 6000, the number of prize balls of the general winning opening prize balls in the 100 million area to the 10th storage area is changed to "27", "81", and "", respectively. Update to 120, "36", "225", "87", "66", "117", "45", and "21". Further, the number of prize balls in the 0th storage area is set to "0", and the number of prize balls in the 10th storage area is erased.

When updating the number of prize balls stored in the 0th storage area to the 10th storage area, the stored number of prize balls may be erased once and then a new number of prize balls may be stored. Alternatively, a new number of prize balls may be stored by overwriting the stored number of prize balls.

Further, the abnormality detection sensor group 26 shown in FIG. 2 includes a door opening sensor that detects the opening of the glass door frame 3a. The opening of the glass door frame 3a does not correspond to an abnormality when it is performed by an employee, but it often corresponds to an abnormality when it is performed by a person other than the employee. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the door opening sensor for detecting the opening of the glass door frame 3a is included in the abnormality detection sensor group 26. When the door opening sensor detects the opening of the glass door frame 3a, the door opening sensor transmits an opening signal to the main board 11.

Door opening includes normal opening of the glass door frame 3a by an employee and abnormal opening of the glass door frame 3a by a person other than the employee. Here, the door opening is detected on the assumption that the glass door frame 3a is abnormally opened. Further, even if the employee opens the glass door frame 3a normally, the door opening is detected, but the employee or the like recognizes that the glass door frame 3a is opened. Since there are many, it is possible to prevent a particular problem from occurring.

[1-3. process]
Subsequently, the control regarding the display of the joint ratio to be executed on the main board 11 will be described. When the power supply from the predetermined power supply board is started on the main board 11, the game control microcomputer 100 is started, and the CPU 103 executes a predetermined process which is the game control main process. When the game control main process is started, the CPU 103 sets the interrupt disabled and then performs the necessary initial settings. In this initial setting, for example, the RAM control area and the RAM data area in the RAM 102 are cleared. Therefore, when the power supply from the power supply board is started, the data used for displaying the connection ratio and the combination ratio stored in the unused area and other areas of the RAM 102 is maintained without being cleared. The data used for displaying the connection ratio and the combination ratio stored in the unused area and other areas of the RAM 102 is cleared by operating the clear switch. In addition, the CTC register built in the game control microcomputer 100 is set. After performing the initial settings, the CPU 103 can periodically execute the timer interrupt process. The connection ratio / combination ratio related processing is executed by this timer interrupt processing.

FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of the continuous ratio / combination ratio related processing. On the main board 11, as shown in FIG. 10, it is determined whether or not an abnormal operation is detected in the continuous ratio / combination ratio related process (step S101). Whether or not an abnormal operation is detected is determined by whether or not a clear switch operation signal is transmitted from the clear switch.

As a result, when the clear switch operation signal is transmitted and an abnormal operation is detected (step S101; YES), preparation for warning display is performed (step S102), and the process proceeds to step S103. Further, when the clear switch operation signal is not transmitted and the abnormal operation is not detected (step S101; NO), the winning information is acquired (step S103). As for the winning information, the game ball is detected by any of the first starting port switch 22A, the second starting port switch 22B, the count switch 23, and the first general winning opening switch 24A to the fourth general winning opening switch 24D. Obtained by.

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the current time is within the business hours (step S104). Whether or not the current time is within business hours is measured and determined by RTC106. As a result, when the current time is within the business hours (step S104; YES), it is determined whether or not the glass door frame 3a is closed (step S105). Whether or not the glass door frame 3a is closed is determined by whether or not an opening signal is transmitted from the door opening sensor.

As a result, when the opening signal is not output from the door opening sensor and the glass door frame 3a is closed (step S105; YES), the attacker wins more than a predetermined number of game balls per unit time. It is determined whether or not the signal is present (step S106). The unit time and the predetermined number of balls here are set to numerical values assuming a state in which a prize cannot be won in a normal game. Specifically, since the maximum number of game balls to be fired is 100 per minute, for example, 100 balls per minute can be appropriately determined. More specifically, when the unit time is 1 second, the predetermined number of balls is 5, or when the unit time is 10 seconds, the predetermined number is 30 or the like. The unit time is measured by RTC106. Further, the number of winning game balls to the attacker is measured by the number of game balls detected by the count switch 23.

As a result, when the attacker does not win more than a predetermined number of game balls per unit time (step S106; NO), the number of prize balls is added according to the prize information acquired in step S103. Perform the process (step S107). The prize ball number addition process is performed when the warning display is not prepared. Here, if the warning display is being prepared, the continuous ratio / combination ratio related processing is terminated as it is. In the prize ball number addition process, the general winning opening (sode), the general winning opening (heso), the ordinary electric role prize ball (electric chew), and the special electric role prize ball (attacker) in the 0th storage area shown in FIG. Add the number of prize balls.

Further, in the prize ball number addition process, the general prize opening (sode), the general winning opening (heso), the ordinary electric role prize ball (electric chew), and the special electric role prize ball (attacker) in the 0th storage area in the active buffer. Calculate the total number of prize balls for each prize ball. Here, when the total number of prize balls in the 0th storage area in the active buffer reaches 6000, which is a predetermined capacity, the numerical value stored in the 0th storage area of the active buffer is stored in the first storage area of the ring buffer. Move. Further, the numerical values stored in the first storage area to the ninth storage area of the ring buffer are moved to the second storage area to the tenth storage area, respectively. In addition, the numerical value stored in the tenth storage area in the ring buffer is erased.

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the calculation timer has timed up (calculation timer = 0) (step S108). As a result, when the calculation timer has not timed up (step S108; NO), the continuous ratio / combination ratio related process is terminated as it is. If the calculation timer is timed up (step S108; YES), the calculation timer is set (calculation timer = 2000 ms) (step S109).

Then, it is determined whether or not the number of prize balls (total prize balls) obtained by adding in step S107 is the calculated execution number (step S110). The number of calculation executions can be an appropriate number, and is, for example, a reference for moving the numerical values stored in the 0th storage area to the 9th storage area in the ring buffer to the 1st storage area to the 10th storage area, respectively. The number can be slightly less than the total number of prize balls of 6000, for example, 5900. Further, it is preferable that the number of calculation executions is slightly smaller than the number obtained by subtracting the maximum number of payout balls from 6000.

As a result, if the number of prize balls (total prize balls) is not the calculated execution number (step S110; NO), the continuous ratio / combination ratio related process is terminated as it is. Further, when the number of prize balls is the calculated execution number (step S110; YES), the continuous ratio and the winning combination ratio are calculated (step S111). Here, the short-term consecutive ratio, the short-term combined ratio, the cumulative combined ratio (total cumulative combined ratio), and the cumulative combined ratio (total cumulative combined ratio) are calculated respectively. Therefore, the short-term connection ratio, the short-term combination ratio, the cumulative combination ratio, and the cumulative combination ratio are all calculated within the same interrupt. After that, the continuous ratio / combination ratio display process is performed (step S112), and the continuous ratio / combination ratio related process is completed.

If it is determined in step S104 that it is not within business hours (step S104; NO), or if it is determined in step S105 that the door frame is not closed (step S105; NO), the attacker is made per unit time in step S106. When it is determined that the game balls have won more than a predetermined number of balls (step S106; YES), preparation for error display is performed (step S113). After that, the continuous ratio / combination ratio related processing is completed.

Next, the continuous ratio / combination ratio display control process will be described.
FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing an example of the processing flow of the connection ratio / combination ratio display control processing. As shown in FIG. 11, in the continuous ratio / combination ratio display control process, it is determined whether or not the continuous ratio / combination ratio display is ready (step S201). When it is determined that the continuous ratio / combination ratio display preparation process has not been completed (step S201; NO), it is determined whether or not the error display preparation has been completed (step S202).

As a result, when it is determined that the error display preparation is completed (step S202; YES), an error display is performed (step S203). The error display can be performed as appropriate. For example, "E" and "R" can be displayed in the upper two digits of the display monitor 29, and "0" and "1" can be displayed in the lower two digits. Further, when displaying an error, a predetermined error may be displayed on another display device, for example, an image display device 5, a first special symbol display device 4A, a second special symbol display device 4B, or the like, or a game. The effect lamp 9 may be turned on, blinked, or the like in an appropriate pattern. Alternatively, a predetermined alarm sound may be generated from the speakers 8L and 8R. Alternatively, an appropriate display may be performed on the 7-segment display for displaying the error of the gaming machine provided on the main board 11. Further, these may be combined.

After displaying the error, it is determined whether or not the warning display is ready (step S204). Further, in step S202, when it is determined that it is not determined whether or not the error display preparation is completed (step S202; NO), it is also determined whether or not the warning display preparation is completed (step S204).

As a result, when it is determined that the warning display preparation is completed (step S204; YES), the warning display is performed (step S205). The warning display can be appropriately performed so as to be different from the display other than the warning display. For example, "E" and "R" can be displayed in the upper two digits of the display monitor 29, and "0" and "6" can be displayed in the lower two digits. At this time, the display monitor 29 may be blinked or may be displayed while changing the display color of the display monitor 29 in order to indicate that the warning is given. Alternatively, the display may be displayed by increasing the brightness of the display on the display monitor 29. As described above, it is preferable that the warning display is made more conspicuous than other displays.

Further, when displaying a warning, a predetermined warning may be displayed on another display device, for example, an image display device 5, a first special symbol display device 4A, a second special symbol display device 4B, or the like, or a game. The effect lamp 9 may be lit or blinked in an appropriate pattern. Alternatively, a predetermined warning sound may be generated from the speakers 8L and 8R. Alternatively, an appropriate display may be performed on the 7-segment display for displaying the error of the gaming machine provided on the main board 11. Further, these may be combined.

When the warning is displayed, the continuous ratio / combination ratio control process is terminated. Also, when it is determined in step S204 that the warning display preparation is not completed (step S204; NO), the continuous ratio / combination ratio control process is also terminated.

Further, when it is determined that the continuous ratio / combination ratio display preparation is completed (step S201; YES), the short-term continuous ratio display is performed (step S206). Subsequently, the short-term continuous ratio display is started to determine whether or not a predetermined time (30 seconds) has elapsed (step S207). Here, if it is determined that the predetermined time has not elapsed (step S207; NO), the process returns to step S206 and the short-term continuous ratio display is continued. If it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed (step S207; YES), the process proceeds to step S208. In this way, the short-term continuous ratio display is continuously performed for 30 seconds (30000 ms).

Subsequently, the short-term combination ratio display is performed (step S208), and it is determined whether or not the predetermined time (30 seconds) has elapsed after starting the short-term combination display (step S209). Here, if it is determined that the predetermined time has not elapsed (step S209; NO), the process returns to step S208 and the short-term combination display is continued. If it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed (step S209; YES), the process proceeds to step S210. In this way, the short-term role ratio display is continuously performed for 30 seconds.

Subsequently, the cumulative ratio display is performed (step S210), and it is determined whether or not the predetermined time (30 seconds) has elapsed after starting the cumulative ratio display (step S211). Here, if it is determined that the predetermined time has not elapsed (step S211; NO), the process returns to step S210 and the cumulative ratio display is continued. If it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed (step S211; YES), the process proceeds to step S212. In this way, the cumulative ratio display is continuously performed for 30 seconds.

Subsequently, the cumulative winning combination display is performed (step S212), and it is determined whether or not the predetermined time (30 seconds) has elapsed after starting the cumulative winning combination display (step S213). Here, if it is determined that the predetermined time has not elapsed (step S213; NO), the process returns to step S212 and the cumulative combination ratio display is continued. In this way, the short-term role ratio display is continuously performed for 30 seconds. If it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed (step S213; YES), the continuous ratio / combination ratio control process is terminated.

As described above, in the above-mentioned gaming machine 1, the display monitor 29 provided on the main board 11 displays the short-term continuous ratio, the short-term combination ratio, the cumulative continuous ratio, and the cumulative combination ratio. Further, the display monitor 29 is provided on the main board 11 that controls the game so as not to interfere with the visibility. Therefore, it is possible to recognize what kind of maintenance has been added to the game nails (obstacle nails) and wind turbines provided on the game board.

Further, the display monitor 29 is arranged in front of the main board 11 when visually recognizing it. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the visibility of the display monitor 29 from being hindered. Further, the main board 11 is arranged at a position where the heat radiation hole provided in the board case 201 is not directly in front of the board case 201. Therefore, the display monitor 29 provided on the main board 11 can be prevented from being obscured by the heat radiation holes. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the visibility of the display monitor 29 provided on the main board 11 from being hindered.

Further, the main board 11 is arranged at a position where it does not overlap with each peripheral board other than the main board 11. Therefore, the display monitor 29 provided on the main board 11 can be prevented from being obscured by peripheral boards such as the effect control board 12. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the visibility of the display monitor 29 provided on the main board 11 from being hindered.

In addition, the display monitor 29 can display the ratio and the combination ratio regarding the relationship between the prize balls paid out by the passage of the electric chew or the attacker and the prize balls paid out by the passage of the general winning opening. .. Further, the display monitor 29 can switch and display predetermined information such as a short-term continuous ratio and a cumulative continuous ratio at predetermined intervals. Therefore, it is not necessary to provide a display for displaying information about a plurality of periods, which can contribute to a reduction in the number of parts.

Further, since the display monitor 29 displays the consecutive ratio (short-term continuous ratio) and the combination ratio (short-term combination ratio) for each 6000 prize balls, the total number of prize balls becomes 6000, and so on. The numerical value of the period corresponding to a certain unit can be easily recognized. The period corresponding to the predetermined unit may be a period other than the number of prize balls of 6000. For example, it may be a period in which the number of prize balls is 1000 or 10000. Alternatively, the unit may be time instead of the number of prize balls. For example, the period corresponding to the predetermined unit may be an appropriate time such as 1 hour, 3 hours, or 10 hours.

Further, the display monitor 29 switches and displays the cumulative ratio (short-term continuous ratio) and the combination ratio (short-term combination ratio) for each prize ball number of 6000, as well as the cumulative continuous ratio and the cumulative combination ratio. Therefore, it is possible to easily compare the short-term continuous ratio or short-term combination ratio for each predetermined unit with the cumulative continuous ratio or cumulative combination ratio. Further, the display monitor 29 is provided on the main board 11 housed in the crimped board case. Therefore, it is possible to contribute to the prevention of fraud such as falsifying the display on the display monitor 29.

Further, the gaming machine 1 is provided with a detection means for detecting and detecting fraud that makes it impossible to display appropriate predetermined information. The fraud here includes, for example, counting the number of prize balls outside business hours for games, counting the number of prize balls while the door frame is open, and winning a game ball exceeding the allowable number of winnings. The gaming machine 1 operates during the business hours of the game hall, and the counting of prize balls during the hours other than the business hours is highly probable to be a fraudulent act. Further, the gaming machine 1 plays a game with the door frame closed, and it is highly probable that the counting of prize balls while the door frame is open is a fraudulent act.

Further, during the game of the game machine 1, the game ball cannot be launched beyond a certain speed. For example, the maximum number of launches of a game ball is 100 per minute. Therefore, the upper limit of winning a game ball in one minute is almost 100. Therefore, for example, when 100 or more game balls are won in 12 seconds, the probability of cheating is extremely high.

In the game machine 1, in order to detect fraud, a prize ball is obtained when the game ball is not closed during business hours, the glass door frame 3a is not closed, or the attacker wins more than a predetermined number of game balls per unit time. The addition of numbers is excluded. Therefore, it is possible to suppress falsification of information such as connection ratios and role ratios due to these frauds. In addition, instead of the number of prize balls when the attacker has won more than a predetermined number of game balls per unit time, fraud may be detected based on the number of balls paid out per unit time.

Further, in the game machine 1, when the 0th storage area of the active buffer included in the RAM 102 reaches 6000, which is a predetermined capacity, the numerical value stored in the 10th storage area of the ring buffer is erased. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the ring buffer from running out of capacity.

Further, the ring buffer is provided with the first storage area to the tenth storage area, and when the data in the zeroth storage area of the active buffer moves to the first storage area of the ring buffer, the data in the tenth storage area is stored. It will be erased. Therefore, since the data to be erased is set for each predetermined unit, it is possible to prevent the ring buffer from running out of capacity. In addition, it is possible to increase the amount of data that remains without being erased.

When moving the data in the 0th storage area of the active buffer to the 1st storage area of the ring buffer, the data in the 9th storage area in the ring buffer is moved to the 10th storage area. At this time, the data in the tenth storage area may be erased and the data in the ninth storage area may be moved, or the data in the tenth storage area may be overwritten with the data in the ninth storage area. Even in this case, it is possible to prevent the ring buffer from running out of capacity.

When the data in the 0th storage area of the active buffer is moved to the 1st storage area of the ring buffer, the data in the 10th storage area, which is a part of the storage area, is erased in the ring buffer. Therefore, since the amount of data to be erased can be reduced, it is possible to prevent the ring buffer from running out of capacity, and it is possible to calculate the connection ratio and the combination ratio with a large amount of data.

When erasing the data in the ring buffer, not only a part of the data in the tenth storage area may be erased, but also all the data in the first storage area to the tenth storage area may be erased. .. In this case, it is possible to more preferably prevent the capacity shortage of the ring buffer. Further, a part or all of the data in the ring buffer may be erased according to a predetermined condition. For example, at the beginning of business hours, all the data in the ring buffer may be erased, and then a part of the data in the ring buffer may be erased.

Further, in the above example, the movement of data in the ring buffer is described, but the data other than the ring buffer, for example, the storage area for storing the total cumulative total is also erased in part or all of the data. You may.

Further, in the above-mentioned gaming machine 1, each data of the short-term continuous ratio, the short-term combination ratio, the cumulative continuous ratio, and the cumulative combination ratio is displayed every 30 seconds. Therefore, each data can be easily compared. The cycle for displaying each data is not 30 seconds, but may be an appropriate cycle. For example, it may be every 10 seconds or every minute. Alternatively, it may be performed every hour. Further, the displayed data may be data other than the data of the short-term connection ratio, the short-term combination ratio, the cumulative combination ratio, and the cumulative combination ratio, or may be only a part of these data.

Further, when displaying each data of the short-term connection ratio, the short-term combination ratio, the cumulative combination ratio, and the cumulative combination ratio every 30 seconds, the short-term connection ratio is displayed differently from other data. Specifically, short-term comparisons are shown in red, and other data are shown in green. Therefore, it is possible to recognize that new data is displayed from the short-term comparison.

Further, in the above-mentioned gaming machine 1, a warning is displayed when an abnormal operation is performed. Specifically, when the clear switch is operated, a warning is displayed as an abnormal operation. The clear switch is a so-called emergency switch that is operated when a failure occurs in the calculation of the connection ratio or the combination ratio. When this switch is operated, the data of the connection ratio and the combination ratio can be falsified, so that the operation of the clear switch is detected as an abnormal operation. In the gaming machine 1, since this abnormal operation can be warned by a warning display, fraud such as falsification of data can be suppressed.

Further, in the game machine 1, the first start port switch 22A, the second start port switch 22B, the count switch 23, the first general winning opening switch 24A, the second general winning opening switch 24B, and the third general winning opening switch 24C. , The connection ratio and the winning combination ratio are calculated based on the number of prize balls obtained based on the detection signal from the fourth general winning opening switch 24D. For example, using a sensor (count switch 23) individually provided for the attacker and a sensor provided after the discharge passages for discharging the game medium winning the attacker and the gaming medium winning the electric chew merge. Based on the detection result, when the counter of the number of winning balls and the counter of the number of consecutive winning balls are totaled to calculate the connection ratio and the winning combination ratio, it is difficult to identify from which winning opening the winning combination is made. There is a risk that the calculation of ratios and joint ratios will become complicated. In this regard, the first starting port switch 22A, the second starting port switch 22B, the count switch 23, the first general winning opening switch 24A, the second general winning opening switch 24B, the third general winning opening switch 24C, and the fourth general winning opening. By detecting that the game medium has won a prize with the switch 24D and calculating the joint ratio and the winning combination ratio based on the number of prize balls obtained from the detection result, the number of prize balls is determined based on the winning of each winning opening. can. Therefore, the joint ratio and the combination ratio can be easily calculated and can be calculated accurately.

[1-4. Modification example]
The present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and various modifications and applications are possible. note that,
The control and configuration of the gaming machine shown in each of the above-mentioned production forms may be arbitrarily combined, and the control and configuration of the gaming machine shown in each of the above-mentioned production forms and the following modifications are shown. The control and configuration of the gaming machine may be arbitrarily combined.

In the above embodiment, a ring buffer provided with 10 counters having a maximum of 2 bytes is used as a storage area for storing information related to winning a game, but a counter having a maximum of 3 bytes and a counter having a maximum of 4 bytes are provided. You can also. At this time, a calculation for displaying the above-mentioned two types of the combination ratio (%) and the continuous ratio (%) on the above-mentioned display monitor 29 from the total number of acquired balls of the game medium (prize ball) paid out from the gaming machine. The method is not limited to the method described above, and may be as follows. As shown in FIG. 12, when totaling the total number of acquired balls, the number of winning balls for a bonus, and the number of winning balls for a continuous bonus by a counter composed of a maximum of 4 bytes, the calculation is performed using the upper 16 bits. You may go. By the way, assuming that the number of acquired balls is 30,000 per day by the 4-byte counter, 4294863225 (4 bytes) / 30000 (number of acquired balls per day) = 143161.2075, 143161.2075 / 365 days. = Approximately 392, which is a calculation that can cover the total for 392 years.

Further, in the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 4A, an example in which the display monitor 29 is provided in the central portion on the main board 11 housed in the board case 201 has been described. , May be provided at other positions.

For example, as shown in FIG. 13A, a main board 11C without a display monitor and a display board 11D are provided separately from the main board 11C, and the main board 11C and the display board 11D are connected by a harness 11E. The display monitor 29 may be provided on the display board 11D. In this case, the main board 11C is used to calculate the connection ratio and the combination ratio to be displayed on the display monitor 29 and to receive the data to be used for these calculations. The main board 11C transmits the calculated connection ratio and combination ratio, as well as information on control for displaying these, to the display board 11D via the harness 11E. In the display board 11D, the connection ratio and the combination ratio may be displayed on the display monitor 29 based on the data transmitted from the main board 11C.

Further, the main board 11C and the display board 11D are housed in a board case 201A which is a caulking board case. The caulking pin 11B is attached to the substrate case 201A as in the substrate case 201 shown in FIG. 4 (A). By providing the caulking pin 11B, the main board 11C and the display board 11D are completely enclosed in the board case 201A, and fraudulent acts against the main board 11C are prevented. Further, also in the substrate case 201A, as in the substrate case 201 shown in FIG. 4A, holes and heat dissipation holes are provided, and a predetermined seal is provided. These holes, heat dissipation holes, and seals are arranged so as not to block the display of the display monitor 29.

Further, as shown in FIG. 13B, the display board 11D may be provided outside the board case 201B which is a caulking board case, and the main board 11C may be enclosed in the board case 201B. In this example, the display board 11D is connected to the main board 11C by a harness 11E.

Further, as shown in FIG. 13C, the display substrate 11D may be enclosed in the substrate case 201C, and the main substrate 11C may be enclosed in the substrate case 201B. In this example, the display board 11D is connected to the main board 11C by a harness 11E. Further, also in the substrate case 201C, as in the substrate case 201 shown in FIG. 4A, holes and heat dissipation holes are provided, and a predetermined seal is provided. These holes, heat dissipation holes, and seals are arranged so as not to block the display of the display monitor 29. The substrate case 201C that encloses the display substrate 11D does not have to be a caulking substrate case, or may be a caulking substrate case.

Further, as shown in FIG. 13 (D), a label is attached to the surface of the substrate case 201 shown in FIG. 4 (A), and a crimping use record is written on the label 11R. May be good. Here, the label 11R may be arranged at a position where a part of the display monitor 29 is hidden. By hiding a part of the display monitor 29 by the label 11R in this way, for example, when the glass door frame 3a is opened, the player can easily prevent the player from visually recognizing the connection ratio and the combination ratio. Further, even when the label 11R is attached, the display monitor 29 may be attached at a position where it is not hidden.

Further, in the above embodiment, electric accessories such as a large winning opening (attacker) opened and closed by a solenoid and a second starting winning opening (electric chew) are used as movable accessories. Alternatively, a so-called mechanical solenoid that opens and closes according to the weight of the game ball may be used as a movable solenoid. Further, although the 7-segment LED is used as the display monitor 29, a dot display, a display screen, or the like may be used instead of the 7-segment LED. Further, instead of the LED, a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL, a fluorescent display tube, or the like may be used.

Further, in the above embodiment, the glass door frame 3a may be opened to take measures such as canceling an error regardless of the content to be displayed on the display monitor 29, for example, the display of the continuous ratio or the combination ratio. For example, in order to pay out the game balls, a replenishment mechanism for replenishing the game balls (replenishment balls) may be provided on the back side of the game board 3. In this replenishment mechanism, when a ball clogging occurs, the glass door frame 3a may be opened to clear the ball clogging and release the error. When the glass door frame 3a is opened to clear the error regardless of the content displayed on the display monitor 29, the connection ratio, the combination ratio, etc. on the display monitor 29 may not be displayed. good.

Further, in order not to display the connection ratio, the combination ratio, etc. on the display monitor 29 at this time, it may be a condition that no error occurs in the display of the connection ratio, the combination ratio, or the like. The errors in the display of the connection ratio, the combination ratio, and the like here include, for example, detection of an abnormal operation determined in step S101 shown in FIG. 10, acquisition of winning information during business hours determined in step 104, and step S106. It may be the detection of a predetermined number or more of prizes for the attacker per unit time determined by. By providing that no error occurs in displaying such a connection ratio or a combination ratio, it is possible to suppress a situation in which the player sees information such as the connection ratio or the combination ratio.

Further, the glass door frame 3a is opened to clear the error regardless of the content displayed on the display monitor 29, and after the error clearing is completed, a predetermined period until the connection ratio, the combination ratio, etc. with respect to the display monitor 29 are displayed. For example, it may be waited for 1 minute and displayed after a predetermined time has elapsed. After the error occurrence is cleared, the cause of the error occurrence cannot be completely eliminated, and the same error often occurs continuously. By displaying the connection ratio, the combination ratio, etc. on the display monitor 29 after a predetermined time has elapsed, it is possible to prevent the player from seeing the information such as the connection ratio, the combination ratio, etc. even when such an error occurs. .. The predetermined period here can be arbitrarily set, and may be a time longer than 1 minute such as 5 minutes or 10 minutes, or a time shorter than 1 minute such as 30 seconds. Further, a predetermined time may be set according to the cause of the error. For example, in the case of ball clogging in the replenishment mechanism and in the case of failure of the image display device 5, the predetermined period of the ball clogging of the replenishment mechanism may be set longer.

Further, the main board 11 is provided with a display device other than the display monitor 29, for example, a 7-segment display (hereinafter referred to as "error display") for displaying an error. It is preferable that the error indicator is arranged at a position away from the display monitor 29. Specifically, the display monitor 29 may be arranged at the position of the right 1/3 of the main board 11, and the error indicator may be arranged at the position of the left 1/3 of the main board 11. Further, in order to make the display monitor 29 easy to understand, the location of the display monitor 29 on the main board 11 may be printed in characters on the board case 201, or a sticker may be attached to the board case 201. You may leave it.

In addition, it was explained that the combination ratio (%) and the connection ratio (%) are calculated by taking the pachinko game machine as an example and displayed on the display monitor. %) May be calculated and displayed.

The method of calculating the connection ratio (%) in the slot machine will be described below. In the slot machine, the symbol can be changed by setting the number of bets, and a prize is generated according to the result of the symbol fluctuation. The winnings in the slot machine are shifted to a granting prize that accompanies the granting of game value, a re-gaming winning that allows the symbol to start changing without setting the number of bets, and a special gaming state that improves the probability of occurrence of the granting prize. There is a bonus prize. Here, the connection ratio (%) in the slot machine is the cumulative total of the game value (the above-mentioned pachinko game) obtained by awarding a prize as a result of the change in the symbol during the period in which the change in the symbol is performed a predetermined number of times. Cumulative total of game value (corresponding to the total number of balls acquired in the machine) obtained by awarding a prize as a result of a change in the symbol during the transition to the special game state (in the above-mentioned pachinko machine) It is expressed as a ratio of (corresponding to the number of consecutive winning balls). For example, in a period in which the symbol is changed 6000 times, when the number of medals, which is an example of the gaming value obtained in the period, is 16000, a prize is awarded during the period of transition to the special gaming state. When the number of medals obtained by the above is 9000, 0.56 obtained by dividing 9000 by 16000 is the continuous ratio (%).

An example of displaying the calculated combination ratio (%) and connection ratio (%) on a display monitor (for example, 7 segments) provided in the center of the main board is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the payout control board, etc. A display monitor may be provided on another board, a game board surface, a game machine frame (underframe), or the like. Further, the present invention is not limited to the one provided with a dedicated display monitor for displaying the combination ratio (%) and the continuous ratio (%), and is not limited to an existing display device (for example, an image display device 5, a 7-segment display for displaying an error). A combination ratio (%) or a connection ratio (%) may be displayed by using a device, a credit display in a slot machine, a payout number display, or the like).

In the above embodiment, in order to notify the effect control board (sub side) of the variation pattern indicating the variation time, the type of reach effect, the presence / absence of pseudo-ream, etc., one variation is made when the variation is started. An example of transmitting a pattern specification command has been shown, but the variation pattern may be notified to the effect control board by two or more commands. Specifically, when notifying by two commands, the main board (main side) has the presence or absence of pseudo-ream, the presence or absence of sliding effect, etc. in the first command before reaching (so-called when not reaching). A command (for example, a pre-variation pattern specification command) indicating the fluctuation time and fluctuation mode (for example, a pre-variation pattern) of the second stop is transmitted, and the second command determines the type of reach, the presence or absence of a re-lottery effect, etc. A command (for example, a post-variation pattern specification command) indicating the fluctuation time and the fluctuation mode (for example, the post-variation pattern) after reaching the reach (after the so-called second stop when the reach is not reached) may be transmitted. ..

In this case, the effect control board may perform effect control in the variation display based on the variation time derived from the combination of the two commands. The main board may notify the fluctuation time by each of the two commands, and the effect control board may select the specific fluctuation mode to be executed at each timing. When sending two commands, the two commands may be sent within the same timer interrupt, and after a predetermined period of time has elapsed after the first command is sent (for example, the next timer interrupt). In), the second command may be sent. The variation mode indicated by each command is not limited to this example, and the transmission order can be changed as appropriate. By notifying the fluctuation pattern by two or more commands in this way, it is possible to reduce the amount of data that must be stored as the fluctuation pattern specification command.

Only one type of off-design (for example, a symbol indicating "-") is displayed during the variable display of the special symbol, and the variable display may be performed by repeating the display and extinguishing of the symbol. .. Further, even if the symbol is displayed during the variable display, the symbol may not be displayed when the variable display is stopped (the symbol indicating "-" may not be displayed as the display result).

In addition, the image display operation in the image display device for executing the device configuration and data configuration of the game machine, the processing shown in the flowchart, etc., the audio output operation in the speaker, and the lighting operation in the game effect lamp and the decorative LED. Various production operations including the above can be arbitrarily changed and modified without departing from the spirit of the present invention. In addition, the gaming machine of the present invention is not limited to a pay-out type gaming machine that pays out a predetermined number of gaming media as a prize based on the occurrence of a prize, but a score is scored based on the occurrence of a winning by enclosing the gaming medium. It can also be applied to an enclosed gaming machine that grants.

The program and data for realizing the present invention are not limited to the form of being distributed and provided by a detachable recording medium to a computer device included in the gaming machine such as the gaming machine 1. It may be distributed by pre-installing it in a storage device such as a computer device in advance. Further, the program and data for realizing the present invention are distributed by downloading from another device on the network connected via the communication line or the like by providing the communication processing unit. It doesn't matter.

The game can be executed not only by attaching a detachable recording medium, but also by temporarily storing programs and data downloaded via a communication line or the like in an internal memory or the like. It may be executed directly using the hardware resources of other devices on the network connected via a communication line or the like. Further, the game can be executed by exchanging data with another computer device or the like via a network.

[2. Second Embodiment]
Next, an embodiment of a gaming system including the gaming machine 1 described in the first embodiment will be described. As described above, the payout rate of game balls may be designed by servicing game nails and the like. However, since it is not possible to confirm from the outside what kind of maintenance has been performed on the game nails, there is a problem that it is difficult to judge whether or not the payout rate is as designed. Therefore, an embodiment of a gaming system including a terminal device for a gaming store, which can determine whether or not the payout rate is as designed in the gaming machine, will be described.

[2-1. System configuration]
FIG. 14 is a diagram showing an example of the system configuration of the first gaming system 1000A in the present embodiment.
The first gaming system 1000A includes a plurality of gaming machines 1 installed on a gaming island, an information display device provided corresponding to each gaming machine 1, a data display device 1200 which is a kind of gaming device, and each game. A gaming device, a counting device, a table-to-machine counting unit 500, which is a kind of recording medium processing device, a hall computer 600, which is a kind of management device, and a number of balls stored and a number of balls held by a player. A ball management computer 800, which is a kind of management device for managing the above, and a portable terminal 2000, which is a kind of terminal device for a game store, are provided. In the present embodiment, the gaming machine is the gaming machine 1 described in the first embodiment, and the description of the gaming machine 1 will be omitted again.

A data display device 1200 is installed at a predetermined position above each gaming machine 1 to display various information such as game information related to the game on the gaming machine 1 and store information related to store sales on a color liquid crystal screen. There is. Since the data display device 1200 is a terminal that discloses information to a player or a player, it can be paraphrased as an information disclosure terminal.

In the present embodiment, the data display device 1200 sets the display of the display unit 1230 included in the own device based on the display device setting data 691 which is the setting information for the data display device 1200 provided by the hall computer 600. , Set the light emission of the light emitting unit 1250 (left frame LED 1251 and right frame LED 1252) provided in the own device.

Here, the setting means to determine the operation of the own device so as to perform a specific operation. Further, in the present embodiment, the gaming machine 1 provided corresponding to the data display device 1200 is referred to as "corresponding gaming machine 1", and the inter-unit counting unit 500 provided corresponding to the data display device 1200 is referred to. It is referred to as "corresponding unit 500".

In the present embodiment, the setting data of the data display device 1200 will be provided by the hall computer 600, which is a kind of management device. However, the ball management is not a hall computer 600 but a kind of other management devices. The computer 800 may provide the setting data. In addition, management devices such as a member management computer that manages the member information of the registered player and a card management computer that manages the card information of the game card possessed by the player are installed in the store. The management device may provide the setting data.

The data display device 1200 includes a display unit 1230 which is a display means capable of displaying information about the corresponding gaming machine 1, and a processing unit 1210 which is a display control means for displaying and controlling the display unit 1230. Further, the data display device 1200 includes an operation unit 1220 having a call button 1221 and a touch panel 1222 which are operation means.

The display unit 1230 is the number of game balls acquired by the player during the non-big hit game state with respect to the number of outs, which is the number of game balls used by the player during the non-big hit game state in the non-advantageous state. Specific information based on the payout rate standard information, which is information on the payout rate standard, which is the ratio of a certain number of payouts, and the payout rate actual measurement value, which is the actual measurement value of the payout rate on the corresponding gaming machine 1, and the corresponding game. Information related to the game history on the machine 1 (game history information) can be displayed.

Here, the specific information includes information on the calculation result based on the payout rate reference information and the payout rate actual measurement value, and information on the suitability of the payout rate actual measurement value determined based on the payout rate reference range and the payout rate actual measurement value ( Hereinafter, “payout rate suitability information”) is included. The information on the calculation result based on the payout rate standard information and the actual payout rate value includes, for example, an error of the actual payout rate value with respect to the payout rate standard value calculated based on the payout rate standard information and the actual payout rate value (hereinafter referred to as an error). "Payout rate error") is included. Further, the payout rate suitability information includes, for example, information indicating the suitability of the actual payout rate value in various display modes described later (color change icon in color change mode, meter in meter mode, payout rate error in error mode). Is done.

Further, the data display device 1200 is configured so that a special display can be displayed on the display unit 1230 separately from the display of the game information. The special display is a display that is specially executed when various game information is displayed and the execution condition of a predetermined special display is satisfied. In the present embodiment, a gaming machine error display for notifying an error that has occurred in the corresponding gaming machine 1, a display device error display for notifying an error that has occurred in the own device, and a notification that a big hit has occurred in the gaming machine 1. Big hit effect display for playing, simultaneous effect display for performing simultaneous effects such as running effects on multiple data display devices 1200, and immersive prevention display for alerting players playing on the gaming machine 1 to be absorbed in the game. , The display such as the card forgotten display to call attention to the forgetting to remove the game card from the pachinko machine counting unit 500, the loan rate display for notifying the loan rate of the game ball on the game machine 1 is changed to a special display. included.

The inter-machine counting unit 500 is provided side by side on the left side (or right side) of each gaming machine 1, and is a recording medium for gaming owned by the player and a ball-holding card which is a kind of gaming card. Upon receipt, the player executes a process (game enablement process) for enabling the game on the corresponding gaming machine 1. The inter-unit counting unit 500 is also called an inter-unit machine (sand).

The hall computer 600 comprehensively manages each gaming machine 1 installed in the store. Further, the hall computer 600 comprehensively manages the data display device 1200 and the inter-unit counting unit 500 provided corresponding to each gaming machine 1.

The ball management computer 800 manages the number of balls held on the ball card held by the player so that the player can use the game again.

The mobile terminal 2000 is a portable terminal device mainly used by a clerk of a game store for business use in a game store to which the first game system 1000A is applied. Various devices can be applied as terminal devices, and as terminal devices for amusement stores, even dedicated terminal devices incorporating programs (application software, etc.) for realizing the functions described below can be used. , A general-purpose terminal device in which the above program is incorporated may be used. Here, in the present embodiment, the mobile terminal 2000 configured as a smartphone, which is a kind of mobile phone as a general-purpose terminal device, will be described as an example of the terminal device.

The mobile terminal 2000 is configured to be able to perform operations based on application software (application) for a game store, and has various functions related to the business of the game store. This function includes a sales confirmation function for confirming store sales, a ball possession confirmation function for confirming the player's ball possession, an in-store broadcasting function for in-store broadcasting, and player membership registration. It includes various functions such as a member registration function for performing. Since these functions are not directly related to the present invention, detailed description thereof will be omitted.

In addition, the mobile terminal 2000 has a payout information display function that communicates with the hall computer 600 to display information related to the payout rate of the gaming machine 1, and a store clerk goes to another gaming store to take the lead (survey). It has functions such as a head-to-head function for performing the above and a service providing function for providing a specific service to the player. Since these functions are directly related to the present invention, they will be described in detail later.

The mobile terminal 2000 is the number of gaming balls acquired by the player during the non-big hit gaming state with respect to the number of outs, which is the number of gaming balls used by the player during the non-big hit gaming state in the non-advantageous state. Information based on the payout rate standard information, which is information on the payout rate standard, which is the ratio of a certain number of payouts, and the payout rate actual measurement value, which is the actual measurement value of the payout rate on the corresponding gaming machine 1, and is a hall computer. It is configured so that the specific information transmitted from the 600 can be displayed in association with the identification information of the gaming machine 1.

Here, the specific information transmitted from the hall computer 600 to the mobile terminal 2000 is the same information as the information that can be displayed on the above-mentioned information display device, and for example, the payout rate error and the appropriateness (appropriate / inappropriate) of the payout rate. ) Is included in this. Further, the identification information of the gaming machine 1 is information for making the gaming machine 1 uniquely identifiable, and is a gaming machine ID which is an ID of the gaming machine and a machine number which is a number of the gaming table on which the gaming machine is installed. Information is included in this.

Each gaming machine 1 is configured to be individually identifiable by a machine number, and the game machine 1, the data display device 1200, and the machine-to-machine counting unit 500 are connected to the hall computer 600 or the ball management computer 800 via the machine terminal 900. It is connected. In this figure, for the sake of simplicity, four gaming machines 1 installed on the gaming island are shown.

[2-2. Signal and information flow]
FIG. 15 is a diagram showing an example of the flow of signals and information between each device of the first gaming system 1000A. In this figure, the stand terminal 900 is not shown for the sake of simplicity.

The gaming machine signal is output from the gaming machine 1 to the data display device 1200 and the hall computer 600. Further, an out signal is output to the data display device 1200 and the hall computer 600 from the out ball detector 200 provided on the back surface of the gaming machine 1. These signals will be described later.

From the inter-unit counting unit 500, a unit signal including a card insertion signal, a card ejection signal, a deposit signal, a consumption signal, a ball payout signal, and a unit error signal is output to the data display device 1200 and the hall computer 600.

The card insertion signal is a signal that is output when a game card is accepted, and a signal including the card ID of the accepted ball card is output.
The card ejection signal is a signal that is output when the received ball card is ejected.
The deposit signal is a signal that is output when the player deposits money. The deposit signal can be a signal output in units of a specific amount of money (for example, 100 yen).
The consumption signal is a signal that is put into an output state when the balance is consumed. The consumption signal can also be a signal output in units of a specific amount of money (for example, 100 yen).
The ball payout signal is a signal that is output when the game ball is paid out to the game machine 1, and a signal including the fact that the game ball has been paid out and the number of balls of the paid out game ball is output.
The unit error signal is a signal that is put into an output state when some kind of abnormality or abnormality occurs in the inter-unit counting unit 500.

From the hall computer 600, display device setting data 691 for the data display device 1200 to perform various settings is output to the data display device 1200. Further, from the hall computer 600, a management device signal including a simultaneous effect signal for causing the data display device 1200 to perform the simultaneous effect, a periodic notification signal for performing the periodic notification, and the like is output to the data display device 1200. ..

The inter-unit counting unit 500 outputs an authentication request signal for requesting authentication of the ball holding card inserted in the own device to the ball management computer 800. The authentication request signal includes a unit ID which is an ID of the own device and a card ID recorded on the ball possession card.

The ball management computer 800 executes the authentication process according to the authentication request signal output from the inter-unit counting unit 500, and transmits the authentication signal to the inter-unit counting unit 500. The authentication signal includes an authentication result (OK / NG).

From the hall computer 600, the payout information aggregated data, which is the aggregated data of the payout information which is the information about the payout rate of each gaming machine 1 installed in the own store, is mainly transmitted to the mobile terminal 2000 by wireless communication.

[2-3. Outer end output of the gaming machine]
FIG. 16 is a diagram showing an example of a game machine signal output from the external output board included in the game machine 1 to the external device in the present embodiment. The external device referred to here means an external device communicably connected to the gaming machine 1, and includes the data display device 1200 and the hall computer 600 in the present embodiment.

From the external output board, a jackpot signal, a probability change signal, a time saving medium signal, a start signal, a prize ball signal, and a security signal are externally output as game machine signals.

The jackpot signal is a signal that is output when the gaming machine 1 is controlled to the jackpot gaming state.
The probabilistic change signal is a signal that is set to the output state when the gaming machine 1 is controlled to the probabilistic state, which is a high probability state.
The time saving medium signal is a signal that is set to the output state when the gaming machine 1 is controlled to the time saving state which is the high base state.
The start signal is a pulse signal having a predetermined width that is set to the output state when the display result of the special figure variable display unit is derived and displayed in the gaming machine 1.
The prize ball signal is a pulse signal having a predetermined width that is output in each time the first specified number of balls is paid out in the gaming machine 1. The first defined number of balls can be, for example, "10 balls".
The security signal is a signal that is set to the output state when some kind of fraud or abnormality occurs in the gaming machine 1.

Further, as described above, the out signal is output to the data display device 1200 and the hall computer 600 from the out ball detector 200 provided on the back surface of the gaming machine 1.
The out signal is a pulse signal having a predetermined width that is set to an output state each time the second specified number of balls (for example, 10 balls) is counted by the out ball detector 200. The second specified number of balls can be, for example, "10 balls".

[2-4. Configuration of inter-unit counting unit]
FIG. 17 is a block diagram showing an example of the functional configuration of the inter-unit counting unit 500.
The front plate of the table-to-table counting unit 500 is formed in a rectangular shape with the longitudinal direction in the vertical direction, and includes a ticketing button 551, a payout button 552, and a seat leaving button 553 in the center of the front surface of the table-to-table counting unit 500. An operation button 550 and a card insertion slot 560 for the player to insert / remove the ball card are provided.

When the player presses the ticketing button 551, a ball-bearing card recording the number of balls possessed by the player (number of balls possessed) at that time is issued from the card insertion slot 560. When the player presses the payout button 552, a predetermined unit number of balls (for example, a multiple of 25 balls: 125 balls, etc.) is refunded to the game machine 1, and the refunded pachinko balls are used. The player can play the game. Further, when the player presses the leave button 553, ticketing / returning of the ball-carrying card from the inter-unit counting unit 500 is restricted, and ball lending and ball-paying by the ball-carrying card being accepted are restricted.

The game machine 1 is provided with a ball lending button for lending the game ball to a position near the ball payout plate from which the game ball is paid out, and a return button for returning the ball holding card from the inter-table operation unit 500. Is usually done. Therefore, the inter-unit counting unit 500 may issue a ball-holding card from the card insertion slot 560 in response to the pressing operation of the return button provided on the gaming machine 1.

The card insertion slot 560 is connected to a ball-holding card reader / writer (R / W) 570 built in at a position corresponding to the card insertion slot 560, and is inserted from the card insertion slot 560 by the ball-holding card R / W 570. The recorded information such as the card ID and the number of balls held on the card held is read and written.

Further, a control unit 505 that controls the operation of the inter-unit counting unit 500 is provided at a substantially central position of the inter-unit counting unit 500 so as to be easily connected to each part constituting the inter-unit counting unit 500. The control unit 505 controls various operations of the inter-unit counting unit 500.

The inter-unit counting unit 500 and the game machine 1 are a lending-related signal associated with the lending of pachinko balls having a predetermined number of balls as a lending unit, and a payout associated with the payout of a predetermined number of pachinko balls as a payout unit. It is configured to be able to send and receive related signals. The lending-related signals include a lending request signal for causing the gaming machine 1 to lend a game ball from the inter-unit counting unit 500, a platform terminal lending completion signal, a platform READY signal, and a platform counting output from the gaming machine 1. Signals such as a unit READY signal and a terminal rental request completion confirmation signal are included. Further, the game machine 1 outputs game signals such as a big hit signal, a probability change signal, a time saving medium signal, a prize ball signal, and a start signal, and an out ball detector 200 provided corresponding to the game machine 1. It is configured to be able to receive the out signal.

The inter-unit counting unit 500 includes a control unit 505, an operation button 550, a sound output unit 560, a ball card insertion / discharge unit 565, a ball card R / W 570, a first communication unit 571, and a second. It is configured to include a communication unit 572.

The control unit 505 includes a processing unit 510 having a processor such as a CPU or DSP and a circuit element such as an ASIC, a storage unit 520 having a storage device such as a ROM or RAM, and time information. It is configured to include a clock unit 530 capable of outputting memory information and the like.

The storage unit 520 stores the inter-unit counting unit processing program 521 that is read by the processing unit 510 and executed as the inter-unit counting unit processing. In addition, the storage unit 520 stores the reception card data 523 in which information such as the card ID of the ball card being received and personal customization data is recorded.

The first communication unit 571 is a communication device for exchanging data and sending / receiving signals to / from the data display device 1200, and includes, for example, a wired communication module that communicates via a wired cable. ..

The second communication unit 572 is a communication device for exchanging data and transmitting / receiving signals with / from the ball management computer 800, and includes, for example, a wired communication module that communicates via a wired cable. .. The second communication unit 572 transmits the reception card data 523 to the ball management computer 800 under the control of the processing unit 510.

In the above, for convenience, the first communication unit 571 and the second communication unit 572 are separately shown and described as two communication units, but the first communication unit 571 and the second communication unit 572 are described separately. May be configured as one communication unit. The same applies to the communication unit in various other devices.

[2-5. Hall computer functional configuration]
FIG. 18 is a diagram showing an example of the functional configuration of the hall computer 600.
The hall computer 600 includes a processing unit 610, an input unit 620, a display unit 625, a sound output unit 630, a clock unit 635, a first communication unit 640, a second communication unit 650, and a wireless communication unit 660. , ROM 670, hard disk 680, and RAM 690, and each part is connected via a bus.

The processing unit 610 is a control configured to include a CPU, a processor such as a DSP, and an electric / electronic element such as an ASIC that collectively controls each part of the hall computer 600 according to various programs such as a system program stored in the ROM 670. A device and an arithmetic unit. In the present embodiment, the processing unit 610 has a setting data generation unit 611, a payout information management processing unit 613, a heading information management processing unit 615, and a service management processing unit 617 as main functional units.

The input unit 620 is an input means configured to include, for example, a keyboard and a mouse, and outputs a signal (operation signal) of the pressed key or button to the processing unit 610. By the operation input from the input unit 620, an instruction operation such as editing of data of various databases stored in the hard disk 680 is performed.

The display unit 625 is a display device that performs various displays based on the display control signal output from the processing unit 610, and includes an LCD or the like. The display unit 625 displays the contents of data of various databases stored in the hard disk 680.

The sound output unit 630 is a sound output device such as a speaker that outputs various sounds based on the sound output control signal output from the processing unit 610. From the sound output unit 630, for example, when calling attention or when an abnormality occurs, a warning sound or the like for notifying the administrator is output as a sound.

The clock unit 635 is an internal clock included in the hall computer 600, and includes, for example, a crystal oscillator and a crystal oscillator including an oscillation circuit. The clock time (including the date) of the clock unit 635 is output to the processing unit 610.

The first communication unit 640 is a communication device for communicating with the gaming machine 1, and is configured to include, for example, a wired communication module that communicates via a wired cable. The first communication unit 640 receives the above-mentioned game machine signal from the game machine 1 and also receives the above-mentioned out signal from the out-ball detector 200.

The second communication unit 650 is a communication device for communicating with the data display device 1200, and includes, for example, a wired communication module that communicates via a wired cable. The second communication unit 650 transmits (delivers) the display device setting data 691 to the data display device 1200 under the control of the processing unit 610.

The wireless communication unit 660 is a communication device for performing wireless communication with the mobile terminal 2000, and includes a wireless communication module and the like. The wireless communication unit 660 transmits data such as payout information aggregation data to the mobile terminal 2000 under the control of the processing unit 610. Further, the wireless communication unit 660 receives data such as the heading information data 2970 from the mobile terminal 2000.

The ROM 670 is a read-only non-volatile storage device that stores various programs such as a system program of the hall computer 600. In the present embodiment, the ROM 670 stores a management program 671 that is read by the processing unit 610 and executed as a management process. The management program 671 includes a setting data generation program 6711 executed as a setting data generation process, a payout information management program 6713 executed as a payout information management process, and a heading information management executed as a heading information management process. The program 6715 and the service management program 6717 executed as the service management process are included as subroutines. These processes will be described later using a flowchart.

It is also possible to configure the hall computer 600 not to include the ROM 670 as a storage device. In this case, the above-mentioned various programs may be stored in, for example, the hard disk 680.

The hard disk 680 is a readable and writable non-volatile storage device, and stores various data related to the display settings of the data display device 1200 and various databases related to the game on the gaming machine 1. Specifically, the display content setting table 681, the display mode setting table 682, the special display setting table 683, the payout rate suitability information display setting table 684, the model information setting table 685, and the device support The relation table 686, the payout information management database 687, the heading information management database 688, and the game information management database 689 are stored.

Although not shown, the hard disk 680 aggregates the game aggregation database, which is a database for aggregating and managing game information for each gaming machine 1 in the store, and the sales information of the gaming machine 1 installed in the store. A database such as a sales management database, which is a database for management, is stored. The sales information includes, for example, information such as a percentage (machine percentage or prize percentage), ball payout rate, customer stagnation rate, sales ball, prize ball, prize amount, and ball gross profit.

The display content setting table 681 is a table for setting the display content of the data display device 1200, and an example of the table configuration is shown in FIG.
In the display content setting table 681, the gaming machine ID, the model name, the display screen, and the special display are stored in association with each other.

The gaming machine ID is identification information (ID) for uniquely identifying each gaming machine 1, and is individually assigned to each gaming machine 1.
The model name is the model name of the gaming machine 1 of the gaming machine ID.
The display screen is a type of screen to be displayed on the display unit 1230 of the data display device 1200.
The special display is the content of the special display to be displayed on the display unit 1230 of the data display device 1200.

This will be described in detail.
The model name of the gaming machine 1 having the gaming machine IDs P1 to P20 is "Pachinko XXX". The display screens are defined as (1) a comprehensive game history screen, (2) an individual game history screen, and (3) a menu screen.

(1) The comprehensive game history screen is a screen for displaying comprehensive game history information in the game machine 1. On this comprehensive game history screen, as the total game history information, the total number of big hits, the total number of probability variation big hits, the total number of normal big hits, the total number of starts, the total payout graph and the total big hit history graph, and the payout rate suitability information are displayed. It is stipulated.

The total number of jackpots is the total number of all jackpots (probability variation jackpots, normal jackpots) generated in the gaming machine 1.
The total number of probability variation jackpots is the total number of probability variation jackpots generated in the gaming machine 1.
The total number of normal jackpots is the total number of normal jackpots generated by the gaming machine 1.
The total number of starts is the total number of starts of the gaming machine 1.
The total payout graph is a graph showing the transition of the overall payout of the gaming machine 1.
The comprehensive jackpot history graph is a graph of the number of jackpots that occurred in the gaming machine 1 in the past predetermined period (for example, for the past one week).
The payout rate suitability information is information for allowing a player or a store employee to confirm the suitability of the payout rate actually measured by the gaming machine 1.

(2) The individual game history screen is a display screen for displaying individual game history information on the game machine 1. On this individual game history screen, as individual game history information, the number of individual jackpots, the number of individual probability variation jackpots, the number of individual normal jackpots, the number of individual starts, the personal payout graph and the personal ball possession image, and the payout rate suitability information are displayed. It is stipulated.

The number of individual jackpots is the total number of all jackpots (probability variation jackpots, normal jackpots) of individual players generated by the gaming machine 1.
The number of individual probability variation jackpots is the total number of individual probability variation jackpots generated by the gaming machine 1.
The number of individual normal jackpots is the total number of individual normal jackpots generated by the gaming machine 1.
The number of individual starts is the total number of starts of each individual player on the gaming machine 1.
The individual payout graph is a graph showing the transition of individual payouts of the player of the gaming machine 1.
The personal ball possession image is an image showing the player's individual ball possession in the game machine 1. The personal ball image is displayed, for example, with 1000 balls corresponding to one dollar box and 10,000 balls corresponding to one special box, and the dollar box and special box are increased or decreased according to the increase or decrease in the number of balls. Can be made to.

(3) The menu screen is a display screen for a player playing a game on the gaming machine 1 to select a menu. On the menu screen, as menu information, the volume / light amount adjustment for allowing the player to adjust the volume / light amount of the data display device 1200 and the usage method of the data display device 1200 are explained to the player. A description of how to use the data and display customization for allowing the player to freely customize the position, size, color, etc. of displaying various information on the data display device 1200 are defined.

In addition, the special displays include (1) jackpot effect display, (2) simultaneous effect display, (3) periodical notification display, (4) immersive prevention display, (5) card forgetting display, and (6) gaming machine error display. , (7) Display device error display, (8) Lending rate display, are defined.

(1) The jackpot effect display is a display related to an effect of congratulating the occurrence of a jackpot when a jackpot occurs in the gaming machine 1. The jackpot effect display includes a display of a jackpot effect image, a jackpot effect image, and the like. For the purpose of celebrating the occurrence of the jackpot in one gaming machine 1, the jackpot effect display is executed as a special display.

(2) The simultaneous effect display is a display related to the simultaneous effect performed simultaneously among a plurality of data display devices 1200. The simultaneous production display includes a display of a simultaneous production image, a simultaneous production image, and the like. The simultaneous effect display is executed as a special display for the purpose of increasing the player's motivation to play by performing the simultaneous effect in conjunction with the plurality of data display devices 1200.

The following two methods can be considered as the methods for realizing the simultaneous production.
(1) The management device instructs each data display device 1200 to execute the simultaneous effect.
(2) Each data display device 1200 independently performs simultaneous production.

In the method (1), for example, the hall computer 600, which is a management device, outputs a simultaneous effect signal instructing each data display device 1200 to execute the simultaneous effect. Each data display device 1200 executes the simultaneous effect at the timing when the simultaneous effect signal is input from the hall computer 600. In this case, it is desirable that the hall computer 600 outputs the simultaneous effect signal to each data display device 1200 at the same time so that the timing of the simultaneous effect does not deviate.

In the method (2), each data display device 1200 executes a simultaneous effect based on the time elapsed internally and the elapsed time from the time when the power is turned on. Specifically, the simultaneous production is executed at the timing when the time reaches a predetermined time or when the elapsed time from the time when the power is turned on reaches the predetermined time. In this case, it is desirable that all the data display devices 1200 are turned on at the same time so that the timing of the simultaneous production does not deviate.

In this case, the process related to the simultaneous effect may be programmed in the data display device 1200 in advance so that any of the above methods (1) and (2) can be applied.

Further, the hall computer 600 may set which of the above methods (1) and (2) is applied to execute the simultaneous effect. In this case, the setting data that determines which process is applied to the data display device 1200 from the hall computer 600 to realize the simultaneous effect is included in the display device setting data 691 described later, and each data is displayed. It may be delivered to the device 1200.

Further, in the present embodiment, the simultaneous effect display includes a jackpot running effect display. The jackpot running effect congratulates the jackpot on the data display device 1200 provided corresponding to these gaming machines 1 when there is a jackpot gaming machine 1 among the gaming machines 1 of the same model or the same game island. It is a production that displays a special image. Whether or not there is a jackpot game machine 1 in the game machine 1 of the same model or the same game island can be determined by whether or not a jackpot signal is input from the game machine 1 of the same model or the same game island. can.

In addition, when a big hit occurs in a plurality of game machines 1 of the same model or the same game island, and a big hit signal is input from a plurality of game machines 1 with a time lag, a big hit running effect is being executed for one game machine 1. If so, the jackpot running effect may be newly executed during the running jackpot running effect, or the jackpot running effect may be newly executed after the running jackpot running effect is completed. Further, if a big hit occurs in the other gaming machine 1 during the big hit running effect, the execution of the new big hit running effect may be omitted.

The above-mentioned jackpot running effect can be realized by displaying the jackpot image on the data display device 1200 from one end to the other of the game island with a constant time difference. Although the jackpot running effect is produced with a certain time difference, it is still an effect performed by a plurality of data display devices 1200 at the same time. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the jackpot running effect is one of the simultaneous effects. It will be explained as one. The contents of the jackpot running effect and various effects described later can be determined for each model of the game machine 1 and for each game island.

In addition, unlike the big hit running effect, when a big hit occurs in the game machine 1 provided corresponding to the data display device 1200 in the individual data display device 1200, the fanfare sound congratulating the big hit is displayed in the data. It may be output as a specific sound from the apparatus 1200.

In addition, when the number of balls possessed by the player increases to 1000, 2000, 3000, etc. with the occurrence of a big hit, 1000, 2000, 3000, etc. The breakthrough display of the number of possessed balls may be displayed on the display unit 1230, or the breakthrough effect of outputting the breakthrough notification sound of the number of possessed balls as a specific sound from the sound output unit 450 may be executed. The number of balls possessed when the breakthrough effect is executed may be in units of 1000 shots, 5000 shots, or 10000 shots.

(3) The periodic notification display is a display related to the notification to be periodically performed by the data display device 1200. This periodic notification display includes display of various CM images, CM images, and the like. For the purpose of promoting various products and services, the periodical notification display is executed as a special display.

(4) The immersive prevention display is a display that alerts the player playing the game machine 1 to immerse himself in the game. The immersive prevention display includes a display of a message, a video, an image, or the like that calls attention to the immersiveness. For the purpose of preventing the player from being absorbed in the game and making a large investment, the insertion prevention display is executed as a special display.

(5) The card forgetting display is a display that alerts the player playing the game machine 1 to forget to remove the ball card from the inter-unit counting unit 500. The card forgetting display includes a message, a video, an image, or the like that alerts the player to forget to remove the ball card. For the purpose of preventing the player from forgetting to take the ball card and being stolen, the card forgotten display is executed as a special display.

(6) The gaming machine error display is a display indicating that an error including an abnormality or fraud has occurred in the gaming machine 1. Abnormalities of gaming machines include breakdowns of gaming machines, opening of doors, jamming of balls, and the like, and fraudulent activities of gaming machines include so-called goto acts. The game machine error display is executed as a special display for the purpose of promptly calling a clerk to deal with an abnormality or fraud in the game machine.

(7) The display device error display is a display indicating that an error including an abnormality or an error has occurred in the data display device 1200. Display device abnormalities include detection of display device failure and unauthorized operation of the display device. The display device error display is executed as a special display for the purpose of promptly calling a clerk to deal with an abnormality or fraud in the display device.

(8) The loan rate display is the rate at which the game ball of the game machine 1 is lent, and includes the display of the loan rate of 4-yen pachinko, 2-yen pachinko, and 1-yen pachinko. The loan rate display is executed as a special display for the purpose of allowing the player to know the loan rate of the gaming machine that plays the game.

Regarding the data display device 1200 provided corresponding to the gaming machine 1 of the same model, for example, a display screen to be displayed as a default can be defined as a comprehensive gaming history screen or a menu screen. By doing so, the data display device 1200 provided corresponding to the gaming machine 1 of the same model can display a common screen for all the machines, and the appearance can be improved.

Further, the above special display may be defined to have the same display content regardless of the model of the gaming machine 1 or the gaming island, or may be defined to be different for each model or gaming island. .. Further, even if the same display content is defined as the special display, the display mode of the special display may be defined so that the display is performed in a different mode for each model or game island.

Further, it is preferably for each model and each game island, but in addition to this, for example, for each game ball rental rate (4 yen, 2 yen, 1 yen, etc.) in the game machine 1 and the type of the game machine 1 (4 yen, 2 yen, 1 yen, etc.) It is also possible to determine the display contents and display modes of different special displays for each type of gaming machine (pachinko gaming machine, slot machine, etc.) for each max type, middle type, Amadeji, etc.).

Further, the above-mentioned special display may notify the player of the content by a message, may notify the player of the content by an image or a video, or notify the player of the content by a combination of these. It may be the one to do.

FIG. 20 is an explanatory diagram of various index values related to the reference information (design information) of the payout rate in the present embodiment, and shows the index values in a table format.
In this table, the index value, the name of the index value, and the detailed content of the index value are defined in association with each other.

Here, the payout rate in question in the present embodiment is the payout rate in the “non-big hit medium and low base state” and the “non-big hit medium and high base state”. In other words, the payout rate for the game ball paid out by the prize ball by winning the big winning opening (attacker) in the big hit game state does not matter, and it is paid by the winning ball by winning the starting winning opening or the general winning opening. The issue is the payout rate of the game balls that have been issued.

The name of the index value "R1" is "low base payout number", and the detailed content is "number of payouts by prize balls in non-big hit medium and low base state". That is, the low base payout number R1 is the number of balls paid out to the player by the prize balls obtained by winning the general winning opening and the starting winning opening that constitute the gaming machine 1 in the low base state during the non-big hit. However, in the gaming machine 1, in the low base state, basically, the second starting winning opening (electric chew) is not won, so the starting winning opening referred to here is the first starting winning opening (navel). Point to.

The name of the index value "S1" is "measured value of low base payout rate", and the detailed content thereof is "ratio of R1 to the number of outs in the non-big hit medium and low base state". That is, the low base payout rate actual measurement value S1 is the ratio of the number of payouts paid to the player by the prize ball to the number of outs in the low base state during the non-big hit.

The name of the index value "R2" is "the number of payouts on a high base", and the detailed content is "the number of payouts by prize balls in a non-big hit medium and high base state". That is, the high base payout number R2 is the number of balls paid out to the player by the prize balls obtained by winning the general winning opening and the starting winning opening that constitute the gaming machine 1 in the high base state during the non-big hit. However, in the gaming machine 1, not only the second starting winning opening (electric chew) but also the first starting winning opening (navel) can be won in the high base state, so the starting winning opening referred to here is. It refers to the first starting winning opening (navel) and the second starting winning opening (electric chew).

The name of the index value "S2" is "measured value of high base payout rate", and the detailed content is "ratio of R2 to the number of outs in the non-big hit medium and high base state". That is, the high base payout rate actual measurement value S2 is the ratio of the number of payouts paid to the player by the prize ball to the number of outs in the high base state during the non-big hit.

The name of the index value "E1" is "low base payout rate error", and the detailed content is "difference between the payout rate reference value and the actual payout rate measured value in the low base state". That is, the low base payout rate error U indicates the amount of deviation of how much the measured payout rate value in the low base state deviates from the payout rate reference value defined for the low base state.

The name of the index value "E2" is "high base payout rate error", and the detailed content is "difference between the payout rate reference value and the actual payout rate measured value in the high base state". That is, the high base payout rate error V indicates the amount of deviation of how much the measured payout rate value in the high base state deviates from the payout rate reference value defined for the high base state.

Here, the payout rate reference value is a design value of the payout rate assumed by the gaming machine maker, and is a value provided by the gaming machine maker to the store as an instruction manual for each model of the gaming machine. .. Further, the actual payout rate value is a value of the payout rate actually measured when the game is played on the gaming machine 1.

In the present specification, the low base payout number R1 and the high base payout number R2 are comprehensively referred to as “payout number R”, and the low base payout rate actual measurement value S1 and the high base payout rate actual measurement value S2 are comprehensively referred to. Notated as "payout rate actual measurement value S". Further, the low base payout rate error E1 and the high base payout rate error E2 are comprehensively referred to as "payout rate error E".

FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of reference relative information in the present embodiment, and shows a reference relative state in a table format.
In this table, the reference index value, the name of the reference index value, and the detailed contents of the reference index value are defined in association with each other.

The name of the reference index value "α1" is "low base payout rate reference lower limit value", and the detailed content thereof is "lower limit value of payout rate reference range in non-big hit medium and low base state".

The name of the reference index value "β1" is "low base payout rate standard upper limit value", and the detailed content thereof is "upper limit value of payout rate reference range in non-big hit medium and low base state".

The name of the reference index value "γ1" is "low base payout rate reference value", and the detailed content thereof is "reference value of payout rate in non-big hit medium and low base state".

The low base payout rate reference lower limit α1 and the low base payout rate reference upper limit β1 define the low base payout rate reference range α1 to β1, which is the reference range of the payout rate in the non-big hit medium and low base state.

The name of the reference index value "α2" is "high base payout rate reference lower limit value", and the detailed content thereof is "lower limit value of payout rate reference range in non-big hit medium and high base state".

The name of the reference index value "β2" is "high base payout rate standard upper limit value", and the detailed content thereof is "upper limit value of payout rate standard range in non-big hit medium and high base state".

The name of the reference index value "γ2" is "high base payout rate reference value", and the detailed content thereof is "reference value of payout rate in non-big hit medium and high base state".

The high base payout rate reference lower limit α2 and the high base payout rate reference upper limit β2 define the high base payout rate reference range α2 to β2, which is the reference range of the payout rate in the high base state.

Here, the payout rate reference range is the design range of the payout rate assumed by the gaming machine maker, similar to the above-mentioned payout rate reference value, and each model of gaming machine is handled by the gaming machine maker at the store. This is the numerical range provided as an instruction manual.

The payout rate reference value and the payout rate reference range are examples of the reference relative information according to the present invention, and the payout rate actual measurement value is an example of the actual measurement relative value according to the present invention.

For the payout rate standard information including the above payout rate standard value and the payout rate standard range, for example, the store manager can refer to the instruction manual for each of the game machines 1 of each model provided by the game machine manufacturer in the hall. By performing the work of inputting to the computer 600, it is possible to store the information in the hall computer 600. Then, by transmitting the display device setting data 691 including the payout rate reference information from the hall computer 600 to the data display device 1200 provided corresponding to the gaming machine 1 of each model, the data display device 1200 It is possible to calculate the payout rate error and determine the suitability of the actual payout rate value.

Although it is different from the above, for example, a store employee refers to the instruction manual and directly inputs the payout rate standard information according to the model of the game machine 1 to the corresponding data display device 1200. By doing so, the payout rate reference information may be stored in the storage unit 1290 of the data display device 1200.

The display mode setting table 682 is a table for setting a display mode for displaying the display contents on the display unit 1230 of the data display device 1200, and an example of the table configuration is shown in FIG. 22. ..

In the display mode setting table 682, data for each display screen and data for each special display are stored for each gaming machine ID and model name.

The data for each display screen is data defined for each display screen defined in the display content setting table 681, and an example of the data structure is shown in FIG. 23.
In the data for each display screen, the display content and the display mode are defined in association with each other corresponding to the display screen.

On the display screen, the type of the display screen defined in the display content setting table 681 is defined. These display screens are display screens that are sequentially switched and displayed by tapping the screen switching icon displayed on the display unit 1230 of the data display device 1200.
The display content is defined as the display content displayed in the mode for the display screen.
In the display mode, the display position, size (size), color, and the like of the display content on the display screen are defined.

This will be described in detail.
The data for each display screen shown in FIG. 23 is the data for the display screen "total game history screen", and in the mode "normal mode", the display contents are "total number of big hits", "total number of probability variation big hits", and "total number of big hits". "Normal number of big hits", "total number of starts", "total payout graph", "total big hit history graph", "service icon", "screen switching icon" are defined. The comprehensive game history screen is set to be displayed on the data display device 1200 as an initial display screen (default display screen), for example.

The "total jackpot count" to "total jackpot history graph" are total game history information defined in the mode "normal mode" of the display content setting table 681, and the "service icon" and "screen switching icon" are touch panels. It is an icon used by the player to provide a service or switch screens by tapping the 1222, and is an icon that is always displayed on the display unit 1230. These icons are a kind of operation information for the player to perform various operations.

In the display mode, the position, size, color, etc. when displaying each display content on the comprehensive game history screen are individually defined. For the sake of simplicity, all are set as "*****" in the drawings. It is shown in the figure.

The data for each special display is the data specified for each special display specified in the display content setting table 681, and an example of the data structure is shown in FIG. 24.
The data for each special display shown in this figure is data related to the simultaneous effect of the special display, and the special display, the type, the effect No., and the effect image are defined in association with each other.

The special display is defined as a simultaneous effect of the special displays defined in the display content setting table 681.
Simultaneous production is defined for the type.
In the effect No., the number of the simultaneous effect of the type is defined.
In the production video, the data of the video used in the simultaneous production of the type is defined.

This will be described in detail.
For example, a plurality of effects such as "big hit running effect", "live effect", and so on are defined for the type.
In the production No. "1" of the jackpot running production, "Movie_R1" is defined as the production image. In the production No. "1" of the live production, "Movie_L1" is defined as the production video.

The special display setting table 683 is a table for setting a special display to be displayed on the display unit 1230 of the data display device 1200, and an example of the table configuration is shown in FIG. 25.
In the special display setting table 683, special display setting data is stored for each gaming machine ID and model name.

In the special display setting data, the priority and the special display are stored in association with each other for the gaming machine ID and the model name.

Numerical values from "1" to "8" are stored in the priority. The smaller the number, the higher the priority of display.
In addition, in the special display, in descending order of priority, "game machine error display", "display device error display", "entry prevention display", "card forgotten display", "big hit effect display", "simultaneous effect display" , "Periodic notification display", "Lending rate display" are stored.

In the present embodiment, the data display device 1200 controls the display unit 1230 to display the special display according to the establishment of the special display execution condition, which is the execution condition defined for each special display. Then, when a certain time has elapsed since the execution of the special display is started, the special display is terminated.

Further, when the special display execution condition is satisfied, the data display device 1200 determines whether or not a special display having a higher priority than the special display corresponding to the special display execution condition is being executed. Then, when it is being executed, the execution of the special display corresponding to the special display execution condition is restricted. On the contrary, when the special display having a lower priority than the special display corresponding to the special display execution condition is being executed, the executing special display is terminated and the special display corresponding to the special display execution condition is executed. Is displayed.

Although it is different from the present embodiment, when a special display having a higher priority than the special display corresponding to the established special display execution condition is being executed, it waits until the executing special display is completed. After the special display being executed is finished, the special display corresponding to the special display execution condition may be displayed. In addition, when a special display having a lower priority than the special display corresponding to the established special display execution condition is being executed, the executing special display is interrupted and the special display corresponding to the special display execution condition is displayed. After the execution, the execution of the interrupted special display may be resumed.

The payout rate suitability information display setting table 684 is a table for setting the payout rate suitability information display of the data display device 1200, and an example of the table configuration is shown in FIG. 26.
The payout rate setting table 684 includes display condition setting data, display mode setting data, and detailed display setting data.

In the display condition setting data, the display setting No., which is the setting number of the display condition, and the display condition in the display setting No. are defined in association with each other.
In the display setting No. "a1", "always" is defined as a display condition. This means that the payout rate suitability information is set to be displayed at all times.
In the display setting No. "a2", "-(always hidden)" is defined as a display condition. This means that the payout rate suitability information display is set to be hidden at all times.

In the display setting No. "a3", "the measured value of the payout rate is out of the payout rate reference range" is defined as the display condition. This means that when the actual measurement value S of the payout rate is out of the payout rate reference range, the payout rate suitability information is set to be displayed. When the actual measurement value S of the payout rate is within the payout rate reference range, the payout rate suitability information display is hidden.

In the display setting No. "a4", "the measured value of the payout rate is within the payout rate reference range" is defined as the display condition. This means that when the actual measurement value S of the payout rate is within the payout rate reference range, the payout rate suitability information is set to be displayed. When the actual measurement value S of the payout rate is out of the payout rate reference range, the payout rate suitability information display is hidden.

In the display setting No. "a5", "display operation by the setting remote controller" is defined as a display condition. This means that when a signal instructing the display of the payout rate suitability information is received from the setting remote controller 700 possessed by the store clerk, the payout rate suitability information is set to be displayed.

In the display mode setting data, the display setting No., which is the number of the display mode setting, and the display mode in the display setting No. are defined in association with each other.

In the display setting No. "b1", a "color change mode" is defined as a display mode. This means that the payout rate suitability information display is set to be displayed in the color change mode. The color change mode is a mode for displaying the suitability of the measured payout rate value by changing the color of the color change icon described later.

In the display setting No. "b2", a "meter mode" is defined as a display mode. This means that the payout rate suitability information display is set to be displayed in the meter mode. The meter mode is a mode for displaying the suitability of the measured value of the payout rate by increasing or decreasing the meter, which will be described later.

In the display setting No. "b3", an "error mode" is defined as a display mode. This means that the payout rate suitability information display is set to be displayed in the error mode. The error mode is a mode in which the appropriateness of the measured value of the payout rate is displayed by displaying the payout rate error.

The detailed display setting table is a table for detailed display settings in the display mode defined in the above display mode setting data, and display conditions and display modes are defined for each display mode.

The detailed display setting data shown at the top of FIG. 26 is data for a color change mode, and is defined by associating a type No., which is a type number, a condition, and a display color.

For the type No. "1", "α <S <β" is defined as a condition and "green" is defined as a display color. This means that when the actual measurement value S of the payout rate is larger than the lower limit value α of the payout rate standard and smaller than the upper limit value of the payout rate standard, the color change icon is set to be displayed in green in the color change mode. do. That is, when the payout rate actual measurement value S is within the payout rate reference range, the green display informs that the payout rate actual measurement value S is a value in the safe range (appropriate value).

In the type No. "2", "S = α or β = S" is defined as a condition, and "yellow" is defined as a display color. This is to set the color change icon to be displayed in yellow in the color change mode when the actual measurement value S of the payout rate is the same as either the lower limit value α of the payout rate reference and the upper / lower value β of the payout rate reference. Means. That is, when the measured payout rate value S is the boundary value of the payout rate reference range, the yellow display informs that the measured payout rate value S is the value of the boundary area (the value of the boundary between appropriate and inappropriate). do.

In the type No. "3", "S <α or β <S" is defined as a condition, and "red" is defined as a display color. This is to set the color change icon to be displayed in red in the color change mode when the actual measurement value S of the payout rate is smaller than the lower limit value α of the payout rate standard or larger than the upper limit value β of the payout rate standard. Means. That is, when the actual payout rate value S is outside the reference range of the payout rate, the red display indicates that the actual payout value S is a value in the danger zone (inappropriate value).

In addition, although not shown, display conditions such as the position, color, and size of the display mode (meter mode and error mode) other than the color change mode for displaying the payout rate suitability information are defined. ing.

The above display condition setting data is a table for setting common display conditions for payout rate suitability information regardless of the type of display mode, but is displayed for each display mode defined in the display mode setting data. The conditions may be set individually.

The model information setting table 685 is a table for setting the model information of the gaming machine 1 in the data display device 1200, and an example of the table configuration is shown in FIG. 27.
In the model information setting table 685, model information setting data is stored for each ID and model of the gaming machine 1.

The data for setting each model information includes the gaming machine ID which is the identification information of the gaming machine 1, the model name of the gaming machine 1, the outer end output data of the gaming machine 1, and the payout rate of the gaming machine 1. The reference information data and the monitor guide data of the gaming machine 1 are stored.

The outer end output data defines the use of the external output terminal (connector CN) from the gaming machine 1 to the external device and the type of signal to be output.

The payout rate standard information data includes the payout rate standard in which the lower limit value of the payout rate standard, the upper limit value of the payout rate standard, and the payout rate standard value are associated with each of the low-base and high-base types of the gaming machine 1. Information is defined.

The monitor guide data includes monitor guide information related to the specifications and design of the display monitor 29 such as the presence / absence of the display monitor 29 in the game machine 1, the installation position of the display monitor 29, the structure of the display monitor 29, and the confirmation method of the display monitor 29. It has been decided.

This will be described in detail.
The data shown at the top of FIG. 27 is data related to the ID of the gaming machine 1 being "P1 to P20" and the model name being "Pachinko XXX". Then, in the outer end output data, the jackpot signal is from CN1, the probability change signal is from CN2, the time saving medium signal is from CN3, the start signal is from CN4, the prize ball signal is from CN5, and the prize ball signal is from CN6. It is stipulated that each security signal is output.

Further, in the payout rate standard information data, for the type "low base", "α1" is set as the payout rate standard lower limit value, "β1" is set as the payout rate standard upper limit value, and "γ1" is set as the payout rate standard value. For the type "high base", "α2" is set as the lower limit value of the payout rate standard, "β2" is set as the upper limit value of the payout rate standard, and "γ2" is set as the base value of the payout rate.

The device correspondence table 686 is a table that defines the correspondence between the gaming machine 1, the data display device 1200, and the inter-unit counting unit 500, and an example of the table configuration is shown in FIG. 28.
In the device correspondence table 686, the game machine ID, the model name, the corresponding display device ID which is the identification information of the data display device 1200 corresponding to the game machine 1 of the game machine ID, and the game machine of the game machine ID are displayed. Corresponding unit ID, which is identification information of the inter-unit counting unit 500 corresponding to No. 1, is associated with and defined.

The payout information management database 687 is a database for aggregating and managing the payout information of each gaming machine 1 installed in its own store, and an example of its data structure is shown in FIG. 29.
The payout information management database 687 stores payout information aggregated data, which is data for aggregating and managing payout information for each gaming machine 1 installed in its own store.

The game machine ID, which is the ID of the game machine 1, and the payout rate total data are stored in each payout information total data. In the payout rate aggregated data, the base, the winning opening, the specified number of prize balls, the number of payouts, the number of outs, the measured value of the payout rate, the payout rate error, and the suitability of the payout rate are stored in association with each other.

The base includes a "low base" and a "high base". However, as described above, strictly speaking, the low base and the high base mean "non-big hit medium and low base state" and "non-big hit medium and high base state", respectively.

As for the specified number of prize balls, a specified value of the number of prize balls by winning a prize in the winning opening is set for each winning opening.
The total number of game balls actually paid out to the player by winning each winning opening is stored in the number of payouts. The number of payouts is synonymous with the number of prize balls in the first embodiment.
In the number of outs, the total number of outs calculated based on the out signal transmitted from the out ball detector 200 is stored.
In the actual measurement value of the payout rate, a value (%) obtained by dividing the number of payouts by the number of outs and multiplying by "100" is stored.
The value (%) obtained by subtracting the payout rate reference value from the actual payout rate measured value is stored in the payout rate error.
In the appropriateness of the payout rate, "OK" is stored when the measured value of the payout rate is appropriate, and "NG" is stored when the measured value of the payout rate is inappropriate.

The heading information management database 688 is a database for aggregating and managing the heading information of the gaming machine 1 installed in another store, and an example of its data structure is shown in FIG.
The heading information management database 688 stores heading information management data, which is data for managing heading information for each other game store.

Here, the head-to-head information is information obtained by a clerk of a game store visiting another game store and conducting a survey, and is a kind of survey information.

The store name, the store basic data, and the heading information aggregation data are stored in the heading information management data.
The store name is the name of the game store.
The store basic data is introduced in the store such as the model of the game machine installed in the store and the number of game machines installed in each model, in addition to the basic data about the store such as the address and telephone number of the game store. This is the basic data about the gaming machines that are used.

The heading information aggregation data is aggregated based on the heading information data 2970 sent from the mobile terminal 2000 owned by the store clerk to the hall computer 600 of the store when the clerk of the store goes to the store to perform the heading. This includes operation information aggregated data and model-specific information aggregated data.

The operation information aggregation data is data that aggregates the operation status of the gaming machines installed in the store.

The model-specific information aggregated data is aggregated data of model-specific information aggregated based on the game information obtained by playing a game with the gaming machines of each model installed in the store. The game information aggregated data is stored in the model-specific information aggregated data in association with the model name. The game information aggregated data includes basic game information aggregated data and payout information aggregated data.

The basic game information aggregated data includes the number of big hits (total number of big hits, number of probability change big hits, number of normal big hits) that occurred when playing each model at the store, the number of rotations required until the first hit, and the consecutive villas at the time of probability change. This is aggregated data of basic game information such as the number of times (continuous chan).

The payout information aggregation data is data that aggregates the payout information for the gaming machines of each model in the store. For example, the base, the payout rate average value, and the payout rate error average value are stored in association with each other.

The game information management database 689 is a database that stores game information for each game machine installed in the store.

The RAM 690 is a readable and writable volatile memory, and stores display device setting data 691 which is data for causing the data display device 1200 to make various settings.

FIG. 31 is a diagram showing an example of the data structure of the display device setting data 691.
The display device setting data 691 includes a data display device ID 6911 which is an ID of the data display device 1200, a corresponding game machine ID 6912 which is an ID of the game machine 1 corresponding to the data display device 1200, and the data display device 1200. Corresponding unit ID 6913, which is the ID of the inter-unit counting unit 500 corresponding to the above, display content setting data 6914, display mode setting data 6915, special display setting data 6916, and payout rate suitability information display setting data 6917. And the model information setting data 6918 are included.

The display content setting data 6914 is data for setting the display content of the data display device 1200 of the data display device ID. Specifically, from the data records defined in the display content setting table 681 (see FIG. 19), the gaming machine ID corresponding to the data display device ID is defined based on the device correspondence table 686. The record of the data is extracted and used as the display content setting data 6914.

The display mode setting data 6915 is data for setting the display mode of the data display device 1200 of the data display device ID. Specifically, from the display mode setting data defined in the display mode setting table 682 (see FIG. 22), the gaming machine ID corresponding to the data display device ID is based on the device correspondence table 686. The defined data is extracted and used as display mode setting data 6915.

The special display setting data 6916 is data for setting the special display of the data display device 1200 of the data display device ID. Specifically, from the special display setting data defined in the special display setting table 683 (see FIG. 25), the display device ID corresponding to the data display device ID is based on the device correspondence table 686. The defined data is extracted and used as the special display setting data 6916.

The payout rate suitability information display setting data 6917 is setting data related to the display of the payout rate suitability information of the data display device 1200 of the data display device ID. Specifically, from the data for setting the payout rate suitability information display set in the payout rate suitability information display setting table 684 (see FIG. 26), the data display device ID is assigned to the data display device ID based on the device correspondence table 686. The data defined for the corresponding display device ID is extracted and used as the payout rate suitability information display setting data 6917.

The model information setting data 6918 is data for setting the game model of the data display device 1200 of the data display device ID. Specifically, from the model information setting data defined in the model information setting table 685 (see FIG. 27), the display device ID corresponding to the data display device ID is based on the device correspondence table 686. The defined data is extracted and used as model information setting data 6918.

[2-6. Functional configuration of ball management computer]
FIG. 32 is a diagram showing an example of the functional configuration of the ball management computer 800.
The ball management computer 800 includes a processing unit 810, an input unit 820, a display unit 830, a communication unit 840, a clock unit 850, and a storage unit 860.

The processing unit 810 is a control device and an arithmetic unit that collectively controls each part of the ball management computer 800 according to various programs such as a system program stored in the storage unit 860, and is a processor such as a CPU or DSP, an ASIC, or the like. It is configured to have an integrated circuit of.

The input unit 820 is an input means configured to include, for example, a keyboard and a mouse, and outputs a signal (operation signal) of the pressed key or button to the processing unit 810.

The display unit 830 is a display device that performs various displays based on the display control signal output from the processing unit 810, and includes an LCD or the like. The display unit 830 displays the contents of data of various databases stored in the storage unit 860.

The communication unit 840 is a communication device for communicating with the inter-unit counting unit 500, and includes, for example, a wired communication module for communicating via a wired cable. The communication unit 840 receives the authentication request signal from the inter-unit counting unit 500.

The clock unit 850 is an internal clock included in the ball management computer 800, and includes, for example, a crystal oscillator and a crystal oscillator including an oscillation circuit. The time clock (including the date) of the clock unit 850 is output to the processing unit 810 at any time.

The storage unit 860 stores the ball management program 861 executed as the ball management process by the processing unit 810, the ball holding card management data 865, and the unit management data 867.

The possession card management data 865 is management data of the possession card, for example, the possession card ID given to the possession card possessed by the player and the issue date and time which is the date and time when the possession card was issued. And the number of balls possessed by the player are stored in association with each other.

The unit management data 867 is management data of the inter-unit counting unit 500, and is stored, for example, in association with the ID of the corresponding gaming machine 1 and the corresponding data display device 1200 in the unit ID of the inter-unit counting unit 500.

[2-7. Data display device configuration]
[2-7-1. Appearance composition]
FIG. 33 is a diagram showing an example of the appearance configuration of the data display device 1200.
The data display device 1200 is attached to a lamp plate that can be opened and closed at an upper position on the side surface of the gaming island, and is installed above each gaming machine 1 corresponding to each gaming machine 1.

The data display device 1200 is configured to include a display unit 1230, which is a display means configured with a liquid crystal display, in a central portion. Further, the data display device 1200 includes a left frame LED 1251 and a right frame LED 1252, which are light emitting means, on the left side and the right side when viewed from the player (viewed from the side facing the gaming machine). Specifically, a left frame LED 1251 is provided on the left portion adjacent to the display unit 1230, and a right frame LED 1252 is provided on the right portion adjacent to the display unit 1230. That is, the left frame LED 1251 and the right frame LED 1252 are provided around the display unit 1230.

The left frame LED 1251 and the right frame LED 1252 are both LED modules in which a large number of LEDs are covered with a lamp cover portion formed of a transparent resin material. The light emitters of the left frame LED 1251 and the right frame LED 1252 emit light in a light emitting color designated by the control of the processing unit 1210 and the LED driver 1252 described later. A display unit 1230 composed of a liquid crystal display (LCD) is provided in the central portion sandwiched between the left frame lamp 122 and the right frame lamp 123, and a call button 1221 that can be operated by the player is provided in the lower frame portion.

The call button 1221 is a button pressed by a player playing a game on the corresponding gaming machine 1 to call a clerk. The call button 1221 is configured so that the store clerk can be called by a pressing operation regardless of whether the data display device 1200 is controlled in either the normal mode or the energy saving mode.

The left frame LED 1251 and the right frame LED 1252 emit light in the above-mentioned common light emission pattern in the normal display, and emit light in the above-mentioned individual light emission pattern when the special display is displayed. Further, the display unit 1230 is configured to be able to display the game information on the gaming machine 1, and is configured to be able to display the special display when the special display execution condition is satisfied.

The data display device 1200 is equipped with a control unit that checks the input status of various signals in the own device, aggregates game information, and controls for executing a jackpot running effect. Here, the jackpot running effect is executed by inputting the jackpot running effect signal from the hall computer 600. When the jackpot running effect is executed, the image effect of displaying the character on the display unit 1230 is executed after the light emission effect of causing the left frame LED 1251 and the right frame LED 1252 to emit light is executed.

It should be noted that the jackpot running effect is not limited to the jackpot running effect signal transmitted from the hall computer 600, and the jackpot running effect is performed based on the jackpot signal transmitted from the corresponding gaming machine 1, for example. May be good. Further, the jackpot running effect may be realized by sequentially propagating the jackpot running effect signal between the adjacent data display devices 1200.

Further, the data display device 1200 of the present embodiment has a configuration in which LEDs, which are light emitting means, are provided on the left side and the right side of the display unit 1230, but the installation position of the light emitting means is not limited to this. For example, LEDs may be installed on the upper side or the lower side of the display unit 1230, or LEDs may be installed at four places on the left side, the right side, the upper side, and the lower side of the display unit 1230.

[2-7-2. Functional configuration]
FIG. 34 is a block diagram showing an example of the functional configuration of the data display device 1200.
The data display device 1200 includes a processing unit 1210, an operation unit 1220, a display unit 1230, a sound output unit 1240, a light emitting unit 1250, a first communication unit 1261, a second communication unit 1262, and a third communication unit. It is configured to include 1263, a short-range wireless communication unit 1265, a clock unit 1275, a power supply unit 1280, and a storage unit 1290.

The processing unit 1210 is a control device and an arithmetic unit that collectively control each functional unit included in the data display device 1200, and includes a processor such as a CPU or DSP.

The operation unit 1220 is an operation device for the player to perform various operations on the own device, and includes a call button 1221 and a touch panel 1222.

The display unit 1230 is a display device including a display such as an LCD, and displays various information under the control of the processing unit 1210. The touch panel 1222 is integrally configured with the display unit 1230 to form a touch screen.

The sound output unit 1240 is a sound output device including a speaker and the like, and outputs various sounds under the control of the processing unit 1210.

The light emitting unit 1250 is a light emitting device including LEDs and the like, and is provided on the left frame LED 1251 provided on the left housing frame of the display unit 1230 and on the right housing frame of the display unit 1230. It is configured to have a right frame LED 1252.

The first communication unit 1261 is a communication device including a wired communication module and the like, and for communicating with the corresponding gaming machine 1. The first communication unit 1261 receives the game machine signal from the corresponding game machine 1 and also receives the out signal from the out ball detector 200.

The second communication unit 1262 is a communication device including a wired communication module and the like, and for communicating with the corresponding unit 500. The second communication unit 1262 receives a unit signal from the corresponding unit 500.

The third communication unit 1263 is a communication device including a wired communication module and the like, and for communicating with the hall computer 600. The third communication unit 1263 receives the management device signal and the display device setting data 691 from the hall computer 600.

The short-range wireless communication unit 1265 is configured to include a wireless communication module or the like, and is a communication device for performing short-range wireless communication with the setting remote controller 14 possessed by a store clerk. The short-range wireless communication unit 1265 receives a display-related signal from the setting remote controller 700 for making various display settings including a payout rate suitability information display, selecting display presence / absence, switching the display mode, and the like.

The clock unit 1275 is an internal clock of the data display device 1200, and outputs the time measured (time measured) to the processing unit 1210.

The power supply unit 1280 is a power supply device connected to each function unit included in the data display device 1200, and supplies electric power to each function unit of the data display device 1200 according to the control of the power supply control unit 1212.

The storage unit 1290 is a storage device including a memory such as a ROM, EEPROM, or RAM. The storage unit 1290 stores a data display device processing program 1291 that is read by the processing unit 1210 and executed as display device processing. The data display device processing program 1291 includes, for example, a payout rate index value calculation program 1291a executed as a payout rate index value calculation process and a display processing program 1291b executed as a display process as subroutines.

Further, in the storage unit 1290, there are effect data 1293 for the data display device 1200 to perform various effects, payout rate total data 1295, game history total data 1297, and display device setting received from the hall computer 600. Data 691 and are stored.

The payout rate total data 1295 is data that stores the total value related to the payout rate in the corresponding gaming machine 1, and an example of the data structure is shown in FIG. 33.
In the payout rate aggregate data 1295, the base, the winning opening, the specified number of prize balls, the number of payouts, the number of outs, the measured value of the payout rate, and the payout rate error are stored in association with each other.

The base includes a "low base" and a "high base". However, as described above, strictly speaking, the low base and the high base mean "non-big hit medium and low base state" and "non-big hit medium and high base state", respectively.

As for the specified number of prize balls, a specified value of the number of prize balls by winning a prize in the winning opening is set for each winning opening.
The total number of game balls actually paid out to the player by winning each winning opening is stored in the number of payouts. The number of payouts is synonymous with the number of prize balls in the first embodiment.
In the number of outs, the total number of outs calculated based on the out signal transmitted from the out ball detector 200 is stored.
In the actual measurement value of the payout rate, a value (%) obtained by dividing the number of payouts by the number of outs and multiplying by "100" is stored.
The value (%) obtained by subtracting the payout rate reference value from the actual payout rate measured value is stored in the payout rate error.

The game history total data 1297 is data that stores the total value of the game history information in the corresponding game machine 1.

[2-8. Mobile terminal function configuration]
FIG. 36 is a block diagram showing an example of the functional configuration of the mobile terminal 2000.
The mobile terminal 2000 includes a processing unit 2100, an operation unit 2200, a display unit 2300, a sound output unit 2400, an imaging unit 2500, a wireless communication unit 2600, a clock unit 2700, and a storage unit 2900.

The processing unit 2100 is a processing device and an arithmetic unit that collectively controls each part of the mobile terminal 2000 according to various programs such as a system program stored in the storage unit 2900 and performs various processes, such as a CPU and a DSP. It is configured to have an integrated circuit such as a processor and an ASIC.

The processing unit 2100 has an application processing unit 2110 as a functional unit according to the present invention. Further, the application processing unit 2110 has a payout information terminal processing unit 2113, a heading information terminal processing unit 2115, and a service terminal processing unit 2117.

The operation unit 2200 includes input devices such as operation buttons, operation switches, and a mouse for the user to perform various operation inputs to the mobile terminal 2000. Further, the operation unit 2200 has a touch panel 2250 integrally configured with the display unit 2300, and the touch panel 2250 functions as an input interface between the user and the mobile terminal 2000. From the operation unit 2200, an operation signal according to the user operation is output to the processing unit 2100.

The display unit 2300 is a display device including an LCD or the like, and performs various displays based on the display signal output from the processing unit 2100. The display unit 2300 is integrally configured with the touch panel 2250 to form a touch screen.

The sound output unit 2400 is a sound output device including a speaker and the like, and outputs various sounds based on the sound output signal output from the processing unit 2100.

The image pickup unit 2500 is an image pickup device configured to be able to take an image of an arbitrary scene, and is configured to include an image pickup element such as a CCD image sensor or a CMOS image sensor. The imaging unit 2500 converts an optical signal into an electric signal and outputs the digitized image data to the processing unit 2100.

The wireless communication unit 2600 is a communication device for transmitting and receiving information used inside the device by wireless communication to and from an external device.

The clock unit 2700 is an internal clock of the mobile terminal 2000, and includes, for example, a crystal oscillator and a crystal oscillator which is an oscillation circuit. The time clock of the clock unit 2700 is output to the processing unit 2100 at any time.

The storage unit 2900 is a storage device including a volatile or non-volatile memory such as a ROM, a flash ROM, or a RAM. The storage unit 2900 stores a system program for the processing unit 2100 to control the mobile terminal 2000, a program and data for performing various processes, and the like.

The storage unit 2900 stores an application program 2910 that is read by the processing unit 2100 and executed as an application process. The application program 2910 includes a payout information terminal processing program 2913 executed as a payout information terminal process, a heading information terminal processing program 2915 executed as a heading information terminal processing, and a service terminal processing program executed as a service terminal processing. 2917 is included as a subroutine.

The application program 2910 is a program for the processing unit 2100 to perform specific work or processing such as processing related to payout information of the gaming machine 1 according to the present embodiment, processing related to heading information, processing related to services, and the like. This application program 2910 is a program included in the application software provided by the application development company, and can be made available by downloading the application software from the server of the application development company, for example.

Further, the storage unit 2900 stores the payout information aggregation data 2930, the payout information display data 2950, and the heading information data 2970.

The payout information aggregated data 2930 is data that aggregates the payout information for each gaming machine 1 in the store, and is data received from the hall computer 600 via the wireless communication unit 2600.

The payout information display data 2950 is the payout information data for each gaming machine 1 in the store to be displayed on the display unit 2930, and is the data generated by the processing unit 2910 based on the payout information aggregation data 2930.

The heading information data 2970 is data of heading information about a gaming machine installed in another store, which is input by a store clerk or the like via an operation unit 2200 including a touch panel 2250, and is via a wireless communication unit 2600. This is data transmitted to the hall computer 600. The heading information data 2970 includes data of basic game information for each machine and each model input via the operation unit 2200, data of game information for aggregating payout information, and the like.

[2-9. process]
[2-9-1. Hall computer processing]
FIG. 37 is a flowchart showing an example of a flow of management processing executed by the processing unit 610 of the hall computer 600 according to the management program 671 stored in the ROM 670.

First, the processing unit 610 executes the processing of the loop A for each of the data display devices 1200 (A1 to A7). The process of loop A is a process executed in order for each data display device 1200.

In the processing of the loop A, the processing unit 610 performs the setting data generation processing according to the setting data generation program 6711 stored in the ROM 670 (A1).

Specifically, the setting data generation unit 611 has a display content setting table 681, a display mode setting table 682, a special display setting table 683, and a payout rate suitability information display setting table 684 stored in the hard disk 670. Based on the model information setting table 685 and the device correspondence table 686, the display device setting data 691 for the data display device 1200 is generated by using the method described above. Then, the processing unit 610 stores the generated display device setting data 691 in the RAM 690 (A3).

Next, the processing unit 610 transmits the generated display device setting data 691 to the data display device 1200 (A5). Then, the processing unit 610 shifts the processing to the next data display device 1200. Then, when the processing of A3 and A5 is performed on all the data display devices 1200, the processing unit 610 ends the processing of the loop A.

Next, the processing unit 610 executes the processing of the loop B for each of the gaming machines 1 (A9 to A15). In the processing of the loop B, the processing unit 610 executes the game information aggregation process for the game machine 1 (A11). Specifically, the processing unit 610 calculates game information such as the number of big hits and the number of starts of the game machine 1, and stores it in the game total database of the hard disk 680 as game total data.

Next, the payout information management processing unit 613 executes the payout information calculation process for the gaming machine 1 (A13). Specifically, the payout information management processing unit 613 determines the gaming state of the gaming machine 1 based on the gaming machine signal output from the gaming machine 1. Specifically, when the time saving medium signal is not received from the game machine 1, it is determined to be a low base state, and when the time saving medium signal is received from the game machine 1, it is determined to be a high base state. .. Further, when the big hit signal is not received from the game machine 1, it is determined that the game machine 1 is in non-big hit.

Next, the payout information management processing unit 613 outputs the prize ball signal output from the game machine 1 and the out ball detector 200 when the determined game state is a non-big hit medium and a low base state. Based on the signal, the number of payouts and the number of outs in the non-big hit medium and low base state are calculated and stored in the "low base state" of the payout rate aggregated data in the payout information aggregated data of the gaming machine ID corresponding to the gaming machine 1. Let me.

On the other hand, when the determined gaming state is a non-big hit medium and a high base state, it is not based on the prize ball signal output from the game machine 1 and the out signal output from the out ball detector 200. The number of payouts and the number of outs in the big hit medium and low base state are calculated and stored in the "high base state" of the payout rate total data in the payout information total data of the game machine ID corresponding to the game machine 1.

After executing the payout information calculation process, the processing unit 610 shifts the process to the next gaming machine 1. Then, when the processes of A11 and A13 are executed for all the gaming machines 1, the processing unit 610 ends the processing of the loop B (A15).

Next, the processing unit 610 determines whether or not it is the payout information aggregation timing (A17). The payout information aggregation timing may be set as, for example, a timing at regular time intervals (for example, every 1 hour, every 3 hours, or every 6 hours), or the store manager instructs the execution of the aggregation of the payout information. It may be set as the timing when the operation is performed, or it may be set as the timing when the request for the payout information aggregated data is received from the mobile terminal 2000.

If it is determined that it is the payout information aggregation timing (A17; Yes), the processing unit 610 executes the payout information aggregation process (A19). Specifically, for each game machine 1, the payout rate total data stored in association with the game machine ID of the game machine 1 in the payout information management database 687 is referred to, and the number of payouts is divided by the number of outs. By doing so, the actual measurement value of the payout rate is calculated. Further, the payout rate error is calculated by subtracting the payout rate reference value from the actual payout rate measured value with reference to the payout rate reference value of the gaming machine 1 defined in the model information setting table 686. In addition, it is determined whether or not the calculated actual measurement value of the payout rate is within the payout rate standard range, and if it is within the payout rate standard range, the appropriateness of the payout rate is regarded as appropriate (OK) and it is out of the payout rate standard range. In that case, the appropriateness of the payout rate is regarded as inappropriate (NG). Then, the payout rate total data of the gaming machine 1 is updated with these calculation results and determination results.

Next, the processing unit 610 determines whether or not the execution condition of the jackpot running effect is satisfied (A25). The execution condition of the jackpot running effect is that a jackpot signal is input from the gaming machine 1 of any model. Then, if it is determined that the execution condition is satisfied (A25; Yes), the jackpot running effect signal is transmitted to the data display device 1200 corresponding to the model of the gaming machine 1 (A27).

On the other hand, if it is determined that the execution condition of the jackpot running effect is not satisfied (A25; No), the processing unit 610 determines whether or not the execution condition of the other simultaneous effect is satisfied (A29), and is satisfied. If it is determined (A29; Yes), a simultaneous effect signal corresponding to the established execution condition is transmitted to the data display device 1200 (A31).

Although it is different from the present embodiment, when the data display device 1200 performs the simultaneous effect, the clock included in the data display device 1200 does not perform the simultaneous effect based on the simultaneous effect signal transmitted from the hall computer 600. A simultaneous effect may be performed based on the output result of the unit 1275. For example, the simultaneous effect may be performed every time the elapsed time from the power-on of the data display device 1200 reaches a certain time.

After A27 or A31, the processing unit 610 determines whether or not it is the periodic notification timing (A33). The periodic notification timing can be set as, for example, a fixed time interval (for example, every 3 hours or every 6 hours). If there are a plurality of types of periodic notification contents, the timing for each different time interval may be set as the periodic notification timing.

If it is determined that it is the periodic notification timing (A33; Yes), the processing unit 610 transmits the periodic notification signal to the corresponding data display device 1200 (A35).

Next, the processing unit 610 determines whether or not to end the processing (A37). For example, when the power of the hall computer 600 is turned off at the end of business of the store, it is determined that the process is finished. If it is determined that the processing is to be continued (A37; No), the processing unit 610 returns the processing to A9. If it is determined that the process is to be completed (A37; Yes), the processing unit 610 ends the management process.

[2-9-2. Data display device processing]
FIG. 38 is a flowchart showing an example of a flow of data display device processing executed by the processing unit 1210 of the data display device 1200 according to the data display device processing program 1291 stored in the storage unit 1290.

First, the processing unit 1210 determines whether or not it is the setting timing of the own device (C1). The setting timing can be, for example, the timing when the power of the own device is turned on. In this case, the setting timing may be determined by confirming whether or not the set flag indicating that the display content or operation content of the own device has been set is set to "ON". The set flag may be set to "ON" after the setting process described later is executed, and may be cleared to "OFF" when the power of the data display device 1200 is turned off at the end of business of the store or the like. ..

When it is determined that it is the setting timing (it is determined that the set flag is "OFF") (C1; Yes), the processing unit 1210 requests the hall computer 600 for the display device setting data 691 and the hall computer 600. The display device setting data 691 is acquired from (C3).

In this case, the data display device 1200 may establish communication with the hall computer 600 to request the display device setting data 691, or the data display device 1200 and the hall computer 600 can always communicate with each other. The state may be set, and the display device setting data 691 may be automatically distributed from the hall computer 600 to the data display device 1200.

Next, the processing unit 1210 executes the setting process (C5). Specifically, the display device setting data 691 is referred to, the display content to be displayed on the display unit 1230 is determined based on the display content setting data 6914, and the display content is displayed on the display unit 1230 based on the display mode setting data 6915. The display mode to be displayed is determined, and the priority of the special display to be displayed on the display unit 1230 is determined based on the special display setting data 6916. Further, based on the payout rate suitability information display setting data 6917, the display unit 1230 determines whether or not the payout rate suitability information is displayed and the display mode. Then, it is possible to make the display unit 1230 perform the display based on the determined content. Further, the processing unit 1210 determines the model information of the corresponding gaming machine 1 based on the model information setting data 6918, and makes it possible to calculate various index values such as a payout rate actual measurement value and a payout rate error.

Next, the processing unit 1210 starts executing the game history total data update process (C7). Specifically, the game history is totaled based on the game machine signal transmitted from the corresponding game machine 1, and the process of updating the game history total data 1297 of the storage unit 1290 is started. More specifically, when a start signal is received, "1" is added to the number of starts to update, and when a big hit signal is received, "1" is added to the number of big hits to update. When the probability change medium signal and the time saving medium signal are received, "1" is added to the probability change big hit count to update, and when the time saving medium signal is received without receiving the probability change medium signal, the normal big hit count is added. Add "1" to update.

In addition, the processing unit 1210 starts executing the payout rate total data update process (C9). Specifically, a process of calculating an index value necessary for calculating a payout rate actual measurement value based on a game machine signal transmitted from the corresponding game machine 1 and updating the payout rate total data 1295 of the storage unit 1290. Start.

Specifically, the processing unit 1210 determines the current base state. Specifically, when the time saving medium signal is not received from the corresponding gaming machine 1, it is determined that the base state is low. Further, when the time saving medium signal is received from the corresponding gaming machine 1, it is determined that the high base state is obtained.

If the jackpot signal is not received from the corresponding gaming machine 1 and the base state is low, each time a prize ball signal is received from the corresponding gaming machine 1, the payout rate aggregate data 1295 corresponds to the low base state. The first specified number of balls (10 balls) is added to the number of payouts to be made and updated. When an out signal is received from the out ball detector 200, the second specified number of balls (10 balls) is added to the number of outs corresponding to the low base state of the payout rate total data 1295 to update.

On the other hand, when the jackpot signal is not received from the corresponding gaming machine 1 and the winning ball signal is received from the corresponding gaming machine 1, the high base state of the payout rate total data 1295 is obtained. The first specified number of balls (10 balls) is added to the number of payouts corresponding to the above to update. When an out signal is received from the out ball detector 200, the second specified number of balls (10 balls) is added to the number of outs corresponding to the high base state of the payout rate total data 1295 to update.

Next, the processing unit 1210 executes the payout rate index value calculation process according to the payout rate index value calculation program 1291a stored in the storage unit 1290 (C11).

FIG. 39 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of the payout rate index value calculation process.
First, the processing unit 1210 determines whether or not the corresponding gaming machine 1 is in a non-big hit (E1). Specifically, when the jackpot signal is not received from the corresponding gaming machine 1, it is determined that the corresponding gaming machine 1 is in the non-big hit. If it is determined that the player is not in the non-big hit (it is in the big hit) (E1; No), the processing unit 1210 ends the payout rate index value calculation process.

If it is determined that the corresponding gaming machine 1 is in a non-big hit (E1; Yes), the processing unit 1210 determines the base state of the corresponding gaming machine 1 (E2). Specifically, when the corresponding gaming machine 1 receives the time saving medium signal, the corresponding gaming machine 1 is determined to be in the high base state, and when the corresponding gaming machine 1 does not receive the time saving medium signal, the corresponding gaming machine 1 is determined to be in the high base state. , The corresponding gaming machine 1 is determined to be in a low base state.

If it is determined that the low base state is determined (E2; low base state), the processing unit 1210 determines whether or not it is the timing for calculating the measured value of the low base payout rate (E3). Here, various timings can be set as the timing for calculating the measured value of the low base payout rate. For example, the timing may be every fixed time (for example, every hour), or the timing may be every time the number of outs stored in the payout rate total data 1295 reaches a certain number (for example, 100 balls). In addition to this, the calculation of the actual measurement value of the payout rate may be instructed to the data display device 1200 via the hall computer 600 or the like by the store manager.

If it is determined that it is the low base payout rate actual measurement value calculation timing (E3; Yes), the processing unit 1210 executes the low base payout rate actual measurement value calculation process (E5). Specifically, referring to the payout rate aggregate data 1295, the low base payout rate actual measurement value (%) is obtained by dividing the number of payouts stored in association with the low base state by the number of outs and multiplying by 100. It is calculated and the actual measurement value of the payout rate corresponding to the low base state of the payout rate aggregate data 1295 is updated.

Next, the processing unit 1210 executes a low-based payout rate error calculation process (E7). Specifically, the low base payout rate reference value of the corresponding game machine 1 stored in the model information setting data 6918 of the display device setting data 691 is subtracted from the low base payout rate actual measurement value calculated in E5. Calculates the low base payout rate error (%) in, and updates the payout rate error corresponding to the low base state of the payout rate aggregate data 1295.

Next, the processing unit 1210 sets the low-based payout rate suitability information display update flag to “ON” (E9). The low-based payout rate suitability information display update flag is a flag indicating that the display of the low-base payout rate suitability information is updated on the display unit 1230, and is set to "OFF" by default. Then, the processing unit 1210 ends the payout rate index value calculation process.

On the other hand, if it is determined to be in the high base state (E2; high base state), the processing unit 1210 determines whether or not it is the timing for calculating the measured value of the high base payout rate (E11). As for the timing of calculating the measured value of the high base payout rate, various timings can be set in the same manner as the timing of calculating the measured value of the low base payout rate.

If it is determined that it is the high-based payout rate actual measurement value calculation timing (E11; Yes), the processing unit 1210 executes the high-base payout rate actual measurement value calculation process (E13). Specifically, referring to the payout rate aggregate data 1295, the high base payout rate actual measurement value (%) is obtained by dividing the number of payouts stored in association with the high base state by the number of outs and multiplying by 100. It is calculated and the actual measurement value of the payout rate corresponding to the high base state of the payout rate aggregate data 1295 is updated.

Next, the processing unit 1210 executes a high-based payout rate error calculation process (E15). Specifically, the high base payout rate reference value of the corresponding game machine 1 stored in the model information setting data 6918 of the display device setting data 691 is subtracted from the high base payout rate actual measurement value calculated in E13. The high base payout rate error (%) is calculated in, and the payout rate error corresponding to the high base of the payout rate aggregate data 1295 is updated.

Next, the processing unit 1210 sets the high-based payout rate suitability information display update flag to “ON” (E17). The high-based payout rate suitability information display update flag is a flag indicating that the display of the high-base payout rate suitability information is updated on the display unit 1230, and is set to "OFF" by default. Then, the processing unit 1210 ends the payout rate index value calculation process.

After returning to the data display device processing of FIG. 38 and executing the payout rate index value calculation process, the processing unit 1210 executes the payout rate suitability determination process (C13). Specifically, the actual measurement value of the payout rate calculated by the payout rate index value calculation process is stored in the model information setting data 6918 of the display device setting data 691. And within the payout rate standard range defined based on the payout rate standard upper limit β, that is, “appropriate” if “α ≦ S ≦ β”, and outside the payout rate standard range, that is, “S <α or β <S”. If there is, it is judged as "inappropriate".

Next, the processing unit 1210 determines whether or not the appropriateness determination result of the payout rate is appropriate (C15), and if it is determined that it is inappropriate (C15; No), the gaming machine ID of the corresponding gaming machine 1 is set. Output to the hall computer 600 (C17). By doing so, the store manager can grasp the gaming machine 1 whose payout rate may be inappropriate, and opens the glass door frame 3a of the gaming machine 1 to the store clerk. Can be instructed to check the display monitor 26.

After C17, or if the appropriateness determination result of the payout rate is appropriate (C15; Yes), the processing unit 1210 executes the display processing according to the display processing program 1291b stored in the storage unit 1290 (C19). ).

FIG. 40 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of display processing.
First, the processing unit 1210 executes the screen display control process (G1). Specifically, the control of switching the display screen is executed according to the operation of switching the display screen being displayed by the player (hereinafter, referred to as "screen switching operation").

After that, the processing unit 1210 executes the special display control process (G3). Specifically, it is determined whether or not the execution condition of the special display is satisfied, and if it is determined that the execution condition is satisfied, the special display is displayed on the display unit 1230.

Here, the special display execution condition can be defined as follows, for example.

(1) Big hit production display "Big hit signal ON from compatible pachinko gaming machines"

(2) Simultaneous production display "Simultaneous production signal ON from hall computer"

(3) Periodic notification display "Regular notification signal ON from hall computer"

(4) Anti-sticking display (A) "The number of jackpot signals OFF and fluctuations from compatible pachinko machines has reached the specified number."
(B) "Probability change signal ON → OFF from compatible pachinko machine"
(A) is a case where so-called hamari occurs. As the specified number of times, for example, the number of times such as "1000 times" can be set. Since there is a risk that the player will be stripped off and continue to play the game and make an excessive investment if a slamming occurs, the entanglement prevention display is executed.
(B) is the case where the probability change state is completed. When the probabilistic state ends, it returns to the normal state, and if the game is continued as it is, there is a risk that the player will lose the balls that have been earned, so the immersive prevention display is executed.

(5) Card forgotten display (A) "Driving signal from compatible pachinko machine ON → OFF & specified time elapsed",
(B) "Probability change signal from compatible pachinko machine ON → OFF & number of possessed balls has reached the specified number of balls"
(A) is a case where a certain time has passed since the player stopped driving the game ball. In this case, the player may be temporarily suspended from the game due to a restroom break or the like. Therefore, in order to prevent the game card from being stolen due to the player forgetting to take the game card and leaving the seat, the card forgotten display is executed. For the specified time, a time such as 1 minute can be set.
(B) is a case where the number of balls possessed is a certain number or more when the probability change state is completed. When the player gets a lot of balls due to the probability change state and the probability change state ends, the card forgotten notification is executed in order to prevent the game card from being stolen and the player suffering a loss. For the specified number of balls, a number of balls such as "10000 shots" can be set.

(6) Game machine error display "Security signal ON from compatible pachinko game machines"

(7) Display device error display "Abnormality detection or fraud detection of own device"

(8) Lending rate display "Detects lending rate display operation"

Next, the processing unit 1210 executes the payout rate suitability information display control process (G5).

FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing an example of the flow of the payout rate suitability information display control process.
First, the processing unit 1210 determines whether or not the setting of the payout rate suitability information display stored in the payout rate suitability information display setting data 6917 of the display device setting data 691 is "display" (H1). ), If it is determined to be "display"(H1; Yes), it is determined whether or not the payout rate suitability information display update flag is "ON" (H3).

If it is determined that the payout rate suitability information display update flag is "ON" (H3; Yes), the processing unit 1210 determines the type of the payout rate suitability information display update flag (H5). If it is determined that the type is "low base" (H5; low base), the processing unit 1210 executes the low base payout rate suitability information display update process (H7). Specifically, based on the display mode stored in the display device setting data 691 payout rate suitability information display setting data 6917 and the detailed display setting data thereof, the payout rate in the low base state in the display mode is Update the display of suitability information. Then, the processing unit 1210 sets the low-based payout rate suitability information display update flag to “OFF” (H9), and ends the payout rate suitability information display control process.

If it is determined that the type of the payout rate suitability information display update flag is "high base" (H5; high base), the processing unit 1210 executes the high base payout rate suitability information display update process (H11). Specifically, based on the display mode stored in the display device setting data 691 payout rate suitability information display setting data 6917 and the detailed display setting data thereof, the payout rate in the high base state in the display mode is Update the display of suitability information. Then, the processing unit 1210 sets the high-based payout rate suitability information display update flag to “OFF” (H13), and ends the payout rate suitability information display control process.

If the process returns to the display process of FIG. 40 and the payout rate suitability information display control process is executed, the processing unit 1210 determines whether or not to update the display of the game history information (G7), and if it determines that the display is to be updated. (G7; Yes), the game history display update process for updating the display of the currently displayed game history is executed (G9). Then, the processing unit 1210 ends the display processing.

After returning to the data display device processing of FIG. 38 and executing the display processing, the processing unit 1210 executes the light emitting processing (C21). Specifically, the light emitting unit 1250 (left frame LED 1251 and right frame LED 1252) is controlled to emit light in a predetermined light emitting pattern.

Next, the processing unit 1210 determines whether or not to end the processing (C23), and if it is determined to continue the processing (C23; No), returns the processing to C1. If it is determined that the processing is finished (C23; Yes), the data display device processing is finished.

[2-9-3. Processing of mobile terminals and hall computers]
(1) Payout information processing In FIG. 42, the payout information terminal processing executed by the processing unit 2100 of the mobile terminal 2000 according to the payout information terminal processing program 2913 stored in the storage unit 2900 and the processing unit 610 of the hall computer 600 are stored in the ROM 670. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the payout information management process which is executed according to the stored payout information management program 6713. In this process, the processing unit 2100 functions as the payout information terminal processing unit 2113, and the processing unit 610 functions as the payout information management processing unit 613.

The payout information terminal processing unit 2113 determines whether or not an operation for requesting payout information has been performed via the operation unit 2200 (Q1), and if it is determined that the payout information has been performed (Q1; Yes), the payout information is transferred to the hall computer 600. The payout information request process for transmitting the signal requested to the user is executed (Q3). In this case, payout in various units such as a request for payout information for a specific gaming machine, a request for payout information for a group of gaming machines such as each game island or each model, and a request for payout information for all gaming machines. It suffices to make it possible to accept requests for information and to request payout information according to the type of acceptance.

The payout information management processing unit 613 determines whether or not the payout information is requested from the mobile terminal 2000 (R1), and if it is determined that the payout information is requested (R1; Yes), it is stored in the payout information management database 687. The payout information aggregated data is transmitted to the mobile terminal 2000 (R3). Specifically, if the payout information of a specific gaming machine is requested, the payout information aggregated data of the gaming machine is transmitted, and if the payout information of the gaming machine in a group unit is requested, the group concerned. The payout information aggregated data of the gaming machines included in the above is transmitted, and if the payout information of all the gaming machines is requested, the payout information aggregated data of all the gaming machines is transmitted.

Next, the payout information management processing unit 613 determines whether or not to end the processing (R5), and if it is determined to continue the processing (R5; No), returns the processing to R1. If it is determined that the processing is finished (R5; Yes), the payout information management processing unit 613 ends the payout information management process.

When the payout information terminal processing unit 2113 receives the payout information aggregated data from the hall computer 600, the payout information terminal processing unit 2113 executes the payout information display data generation process (Q5). Specifically, based on the payout rate aggregated data included in the received payout information aggregated data and the model information of the gaming machine, the payout information of the gaming machine 1 installed in the gaming store (payout rate standard information, actual measurement of the payout rate). By associating the value, payout rate error, payout rate suitability, etc.) with the identification information of the gaming machine 1 (game machine ID, machine number, model name, etc.), various types such as store layout format, table format, cell format, etc. Generate data to be displayed in the format. The format in which the payout information is displayed can be arbitrarily set by the store clerk in the application.

The model information (model name, payout rate standard information, etc.) of the gaming machine may be acquired from the hall computer 600 in advance and stored in the storage unit 2900 of the mobile terminal 2000, or the model information may be stored. The payout information aggregated data including the data may be transmitted from the hall computer 600 to the mobile terminal 2000.

Next, the payout information terminal processing unit 2113 determines whether or not an operation for displaying the payout information has been performed via the operation unit 2200 (Q7), and if it is determined that the payout information has been performed (Q7; Yes), the payout information terminal processing unit 2113 generated the data in Q5. Based on the payout information display data, the payout information display process for displaying the payout information on the display unit 2300 is executed (Q9).

After that, the payout information terminal processing unit 2113 determines whether or not there is a gaming machine 1 whose payout rate does not satisfy the appropriate condition (Q11). Specifically, it is determined whether or not the payout rate aggregated data for which the payout rate suitability is "NG" exists in the payout rate aggregated data included in the payout information aggregated data for each gaming machine ID. Then, if it is determined that there is (Q11; Yes), the payout information terminal processing unit 2113 executes the alert process (Q13). Specifically, for example, the display unit 2300 is controlled to display the alert display screen described later.

Next, the payout information terminal processing unit 2113 determines whether or not the monitor guide display is instructed via the operation unit 2200 (Q15), and if it is determined that the instruction is instructed (Q15; Yes), the monitor guide display process is performed. Execute (Q17). Specifically, based on the monitor guide data stored in the model information setting data 6918, the display unit 2330 is controlled to display the monitor guide display screen described later.

After that, the payout information terminal processing unit 2113 determines whether or not to end the processing (Q19), and if it is determined to continue the processing (Q19; No), returns the processing to Q1. If it is determined that the processing is finished (Q19; Yes), the payout information terminal processing unit 2113 ends the payout information terminal processing.

(2) Heading Information Processing FIG. 43 shows the heading information terminal processing executed by the processing unit 2100 of the mobile terminal 2000 according to the heading terminal processing program 2915 stored in the storage unit 2900 and the processing unit 610 of the hall computer 600. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the heading information management processing executed according to the heading information management program 6715 stored in ROM 670. In this process, the processing unit 2100 functions as the heading information terminal processing unit 2115, and the processing unit 610 functions as the heading information management processing unit 615.

The head-to-head information terminal processing unit 2115 determines whether or not the operation for acquiring the store basic data has been performed via the operation unit 2200 (M1), and if it is determined that the operation has been performed (M1; Yes), the store basic data is used. The store basic data request process for transmitting the requested signal to the hall computer 600 is executed (M3).

The heading information management processing unit 615 determines whether or not the request for basic store data has been made from the mobile terminal 2000 (N1), and if it has been determined (N1; Yes), the heading information management database 688 is included. Then, the store basic data stored in the requested store heading information data 2970 is read out and transmitted to the mobile terminal 2000 (N3).

When the head-taking information terminal processing unit 2115 receives the store basic data from the hall computer 600, it executes the store basic display data generation process (M5). Specifically, based on the received basic store data, data for displaying the basic information of the store on the display unit 2300 is generated.

Next, the head-to-head information terminal processing unit 2115 determines whether or not an operation for displaying the basic store information has been performed via the operation unit 2200 (M7), and if it is determined that the operation has been performed (M7; Yes), the M5 is used. Based on the generated store basic display data, the store basic information display process for displaying the store basic information on the display unit 2300 is executed (M9).

Next, the heading information terminal processing unit 2115 determines whether or not the operation for inputting the heading information has been performed via the operation unit 2200 (M11), and if it is determined that the operation has been performed (M11; Yes), the input is input. Based on the heading information, the heading information data generation process for generating the heading information data 2970 to be transmitted to the hall computer 600 is executed (M13).

Next, the heading information terminal processing unit 2115 determines whether or not an operation for transmitting the heading information data 2970 has been performed via the operation unit 2200 (M15), and if it is determined that the operation has been performed (M15; Yes). A heading information data generation process for transmitting the heading information data 2970 stored in the storage unit 2900 to the hall computer 600 is executed (M17).

After that, the heading information terminal processing unit 2115 determines whether or not to end the processing (M19), and if it is determined to continue the processing (M19; No), returns the processing to M1. If it is determined that the processing is finished (M19; Yes), the heading information terminal processing unit 2115 ends the heading information terminal processing.

The heading information management processing unit 615 determines whether or not the heading information data 2970 has been received from the mobile terminal 2000 (N5), and if it determines that it has been received (N5; Yes), the received heading information data. The 2970 is stored in the hard disk 688 (N7).

Next, the heading information management processing unit 615 determines whether or not to aggregate the heading information (N9), and if it is determined to aggregate (N9; Yes), executes the heading information aggregation processing (N11). .. Specifically, based on the heading information data 2970 stored in the hard disk 688, the heading information of each store is totaled and stored in the heading information totaling data of the heading information management database 688.

In the heading information aggregation processing, the heading information management processing unit 615 executes the operation information aggregation processing and the model-specific information aggregation processing. In the operation information aggregation process, a plurality of clerk go to other game stores to check the operation status of the gaming machine, and then aggregate the operation information for each game store based on the operation information input to the mobile terminal 2000. This is stored in the heading information management data of the corresponding game store as the operation information aggregated data.

In the model-specific aggregation process, a plurality of clerk visits other game stores to actually play a game on the game machine, and then aggregates the model-specific information for each game store based on the game information input to the mobile terminal 2000. Then, this is stored in the heading information management data of the corresponding game store as the model-specific information aggregation data.

More specifically, the number of big hits (total number of big hits, number of probable change big hits, number of normal big hits) transmitted from multiple mobile terminals 2000, the number of rotations required until the first hit, and the consecutive villa in the probable change state. Basic game information such as the number of times played is classified for each model, the average value of the basic game information is calculated for each classified model, and the basic game information is stored as aggregated data.

In addition, payout information including the number of balls used and the number of acquired balls for each of the non-big hit medium and low base state and the non-big hit and high base state transmitted from the mobile terminal 2000 is classified for each model, and is classified, for example. The average value of the payout information (average payout rate, average payout rate error) is calculated for each model and stored as the payout information aggregated data.

After that, the heading information management processing unit 615 determines whether or not to end the processing (N13), and if it is determined to continue the processing (N13; No), returns the processing to N1. If it is determined that the process is to be completed (N13; Yes), the heading information management process is terminated.

(3) Service processing In FIG. 44, the service terminal processing executed by the processing unit 2100 of the mobile terminal 2000 according to the service terminal processing program 2917 stored in the storage unit 2900 and the processing unit 610 of the hall computer 600 are stored in the ROM 670. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the service management process executed according to the service management program 6717. In this process, the processing unit 2100 functions as a service terminal processing unit 2117, and the processing unit 610 functions as a service management processing unit 617.

The service terminal processing unit 2117 determines whether or not an operation requesting service provision has been performed via the operation unit 2200 (S1), and if it determines that the operation has been performed (S1; Yes), confirms whether or not the service is provided. A service provision confirmation request signal is transmitted to the hall computer 600 (S3). The services requested here are the basic services provided by conventional game stores, such as exchanging dollar boxes, providing hand towels, providing food and drink, exchanging ashtrays, and taking breaks.

The service management processing unit 617 determines whether or not the service provision confirmation request has been made from the mobile terminal 2000 (T1), and if it determines that the service provision confirmation request has been made (T1; Yes), executes the service provision confirmation process (T3). .. Then, the service management processing unit 617 controls so that the confirmation result of the service provision confirmation processing is transmitted to the mobile terminal 2000 (T5).

When the service terminal processing unit 2117 receives the confirmation result of the service provision confirmation process from the hall computer 600, the service terminal processing unit 2117 executes the service provision confirmation display data generation process (S5). Specifically, based on the confirmation result of the received service provision confirmation process, data for displaying the permission or disapproval of the service provision on the display unit 2300 is generated.

Next, the service terminal processing unit 2117 determines whether or not an operation for displaying the service provision confirmation screen has been performed via the operation unit 2200 (S7), and if it is determined that the operation has been performed (S7; Yes), the service terminal processing unit 2117 generates the service in S5. The service provision confirmation screen display process for displaying the service provision confirmation screen on the display unit 2300 based on the service provision confirmation display data is executed (S9).

Next, the service terminal processing unit 2117 determines whether or not an operation requesting confirmation of the payout information of the gaming machine 1 has been performed via the operation unit 2200 (S11), and if it is determined that the operation has been performed (S11; Yes). , The hall computer 600 is controlled to transmit the payout information confirmation request signal including the game machine ID of the game machine 1 requesting the confirmation of the payout information (S13).

The service management processing unit 617 determines whether or not the payout information confirmation request signal has been received from the mobile terminal 2000 (T7), and if it determines that it has been received (T7; Yes), executes the payout information confirmation process (T7; Yes). T9). Specifically, among the payout information aggregated data stored in the payout information management database 687, the payout information aggregated data corresponding to the gaming machine ID for which the confirmation of the payout information has been requested is read out. Then, based on the actual measurement value of the payout rate stored in the payout rate aggregated data of the read out payout information aggregated data and the payout rate reference range stored for the gaming machine 1, the payout rate of the gaming machine 1 is determined. Judge suitability (appropriate / inappropriate). Then, the service management processing unit 617 executes a control for transmitting the appropriateness (appropriate / inappropriate) of the payout rate, which is the confirmation result of the payout information confirmation process, to the mobile terminal 2000 (T11).

When the service terminal processing unit 2117 receives the confirmation result of the payout information confirmation process from the hall computer 600, the service terminal processing unit 2117 executes the payout information confirmation display data generation process (S15). Specifically, based on the confirmation result of the received payout information confirmation process, data for displaying the suitability of the payout rate of the gaming machine 1 for which confirmation is requested is generated on the display unit 2300. Then, the service terminal processing unit 2117 executes a payout information confirmation screen display process for displaying the suitability of the payout rate on the display unit 2300 based on the generated payout information confirmation display data (S17).

After that, the service terminal processing unit 2117 determines whether or not to end the processing (S19), and if it is determined to continue the processing (S19; No), returns the processing to S1. If it is determined that the processing is terminated (S19; Yes), the service terminal processing is terminated.

Further, the service management processing unit 617 determines whether or not to end the processing (T13), and if it is determined to continue the processing (T13; No), returns the processing to T1. If it is determined that the process is terminated (T13; Yes), the service management process is terminated.

[2-10. Display screen]
[2-10-1. Data display device display screen]
45 to 48 are views showing an example of a display screen displayed on the display unit 1230 of the data display device 1200.

FIG. 45 (1) is a diagram showing an example of a comprehensive game history screen.
This comprehensive game history screen is a display screen displayed on the display unit 1230 of the data display device 1200 corresponding to the game machine 1 of the model “Pachinko XXX”. On this comprehensive game history screen, as comprehensive game history information, "total number of big hits", "total number of probable variable big hits", "total number of normal big hits", "total number of starts", and "total number of payouts" And "Comprehensive jackpot history graph" are displayed.

Further, at the lower left of the comprehensive game history screen, a service icon for the player to select a service and a screen switching icon for switching the screen are displayed. When the service icon is tapped, the display screen is switched to a service selection screen (not shown), and the player can select a service from this service selection screen. Also, by tapping the screen switching icon, the displayed screen can be switched to another screen in sequence.

Further, in the lower right part of this comprehensive game history screen, the payout rate suitability information display 1230A in the color change mode is displayed. The payout rate suitability information display 1230A includes two types of base icons, a low base icon indicating a low base state and a high base icon indicating a high base state, and the color of each base icon changes. Individual color change icons are displayed to indicate the suitability of the payout rate. In the low base state, the low base icon is highlighted (the high base icon is non-reversed), and the color of the individual color change icon displayed below it changes to notify the suitability of the measured low base payout rate. Will be done. On the other hand, in the high base state, the high base icon is highlighted (the low base icon is non-reversed), and the color of the individual color change icon displayed below it changes, so that the high base payout rate actual measurement value is appropriate or not. Is notified.

Here, the color change icon is "green", "S = α or β = S" when the condition of "α <S <β" is satisfied, as shown in the detailed display setting table of FIG. 25, for example. It is set to change to "yellow" when the condition of is satisfied, and to "red" when the condition of "S <α or β <S" is satisfied.

FIG. 45 (2) is a diagram showing another example of the payout rate suitability information display on the comprehensive game history screen.
At the lower right of this comprehensive game history screen, the payout rate suitability information display 1230B in the meter mode is displayed. In the payout rate suitability information display 1230B, individual meters for displaying the payout rate suitability are displayed corresponding to each of the two types of base icons, the low base icon and the high base icon. In the low base state, the low base icon is highlighted (the high base icon is non-reversed), and the individual meters displayed below it increase or decrease to notify the suitability of the measured value of the low base payout rate. On the other hand, in the high base state, the high base icon is highlighted (the low base icon is not flipped), and the individual meters displayed below it increase or decrease to notify the suitability of the high base payout rate actual measurement value. ..

The meter display clarifies the payout rate reference range by, for example, dividing a rectangular frame formed in the horizontal direction indicating the payout rate with vertical lines corresponding to the payout rate reference lower limit value and the payout rate reference upper limit value. It is configured as a rectangular meter. In the figure, the meter display is a horizontal meter display, but a vertical meter display may be used.

FIG. 45 (3) is a diagram showing another example of the payout rate suitability information display on the comprehensive game history screen.
At the lower right of this comprehensive game history screen, the payout rate suitability information display 1230C in the error mode is displayed. In the payout rate suitability information display 1230C, the payout rate error is individually displayed corresponding to each of the two types of base icons, the low base icon and the high base icon. In the low base state, the low base icon is highlighted (the high base icon is non-reversed), and the payout rate error is displayed below it, so that the suitability of the measured value of the low base payout rate is notified. On the other hand, in the high base state, the high base icon is highlighted (the low base icon is non-reversed), and the payout rate error is displayed below it, so that the suitability of the measured value of the high base payout rate is notified.

FIG. 46 (1) is a diagram showing another example of the payout rate suitability information display on the comprehensive game history screen.
At the lower right of this comprehensive game history screen, the payout rate suitability information display 1230D in the color change mode is displayed. The payout rate suitability information display 1230D displays the suitability of the payout rate by a color change icon like the payout rate suitability information display 1230A in FIG. 45 (1), but unlike the payout rate suitability information display 1230A. A common color change icon is displayed for two types of base icons, a low base icon and a high base icon. In the low base state, the low base icon is lit and displayed (the high base icon is not lit), and the color of the common color change icon is changed to notify the suitability of the measured value of the low base payout rate. On the other hand, in the high base state, the high base icon is lit and displayed (the low base icon is not lit), and the color of the common color change icon is changed to notify the suitability of the measured value of the high base payout rate.

FIG. 46 (2) is a diagram showing another example of the payout rate suitability information display on the comprehensive game history screen.
At the lower right of this comprehensive game history screen, the payout rate suitability information display 1230E in the meter mode is displayed. The payout rate suitability information display 1230E displays the suitability of the payout rate by a meter in the same manner as the payout rate suitability information display 1230B in FIG. 45 (2), but unlike the payout rate suitability information display 1230B, it has a low base. A common meter is displayed for the two types of base icons, the icon and the high base icon. In the low base state, the low base icon is lit (the high base icon is not lit), and the common meter is increased or decreased to notify the suitability of the measured value of the low base payout rate. On the other hand, in the high base state, the high base icon is lit and displayed (the low base icon is not lit), and the common meter is increased or decreased to notify the suitability of the measured value of the high base payout rate.

FIG. 46 (3) is a diagram showing another example of the payout rate suitability information display on the comprehensive game history screen.
At the lower right of this comprehensive game history screen, the payout rate suitability information display 1230F in the error mode is displayed. The payout rate suitability information display 1230E displays the payout rate error in the same manner as the payout rate suitability information display 1230C in FIG. 45 (3), but unlike the payout rate suitability information display 1230C, it has a low base icon and a high value. The payout rate error is commonly displayed for the two types of base icons. In the low base state, the low base icon is lit (the high base icon is not lit) and the low base payout rate error is displayed. On the other hand, in the high base state, the high base icon is lit (the low base icon is not lit), and the high base payout rate error is displayed.

FIG. 47 (1) is a diagram showing an example of a special display.
FIG. 47 (1) is a display screen displayed when the execution condition of the jackpot effect display is satisfied during the display of the comprehensive game history screen, and the message “Big hit ♪” and the image of the character are displayed in the center of the screen. The big hit effect display is displayed.

FIG. 47 (2) is a diagram showing another example of the special display.
FIG. 47 (2) is a display screen displayed when the execution condition of the game machine error display is satisfied while the comprehensive game history screen is displayed. In the center of the screen, "an abnormality has occurred in the pachinko game machine." The game machine error display with the message "Please call the clerk." Is displayed.

FIG. 47 (3) is a diagram showing another example of the special display.
FIG. 47 (3) is a display screen displayed when the execution condition of the display device error is satisfied during the display of the comprehensive game history screen, and in the center of the screen, "an error has occurred in the display device. A display device error display with the message "Please call a clerk." Is displayed.

FIG. 48 (1) is a diagram showing another example of the special display.
FIG. 48 (1) is a display screen displayed when the execution condition of the immersive prevention display is satisfied during the display of the comprehensive game history screen, and in the center of the screen, "Be careful not to be too absorbed in the game. The message "Please do." Is displayed.

FIG. 48 (2) is a diagram showing another example of the special display.
FIG. 48 (2) is a display screen displayed when the execution condition of the card forgotten display is satisfied while the general game history screen is displayed. The message "." Is displayed for forgetting to remove the card.

FIG. 48 (3) is a diagram showing another example of the special display.
FIG. 48 (3) is a display screen displayed when the execution condition of the loan rate display is satisfied while the general game history screen is displayed. In the center of the screen, "ball lending is 540 yen → 125 balls. The loan rate display with the message "" is displayed.

[2-10-2. Display screen of mobile terminal]
49 to 52 are views showing an example of a display screen displayed on the display unit 2300 of the mobile terminal 2000.

FIG. 49 (1) is a diagram showing an example of a payout information display screen.
This payout information display screen is a layout screen in which the gaming machines 1 in the store are displayed in a list, and the gaming machines 1 indicated by the machine numbers according to the arrangement of the gaming machines 1 are laid out. On this layout screen, the store clerk can confirm the payout information of the gaming machine 1 having the machine number by touch-operating the machine number of the gaming machine 1 with the touch panel 2250. Further, at the lower right of the screen, a return icon for returning the display screen to the previous display screen is displayed.

FIG. 49 (2) is a diagram showing an example of a payout information display screen.
This payout information display screen is a screen displayed when the machine number of the gaming machine 1 is touch-operated on the layout screen. As an example, the machine number "15" is touch-operated on the layout screen of FIG. 49 (1). It shows the screen that is displayed when it is done.

On the payout information display screen, "15s" is displayed as the machine number at the top, and "Pachinko XXX" is displayed as the model name of the gaming machine 1. Below that, as the payout rate reference information of the model, the payout rate reference range (payout rate reference lower limit α to payout rate reference upper limit β) in each of the low base state and the high base state is displayed.

In addition, the payout rate reference value γ is displayed in parentheses within the payout rate reference range for each of the low base state and the high base state. Then, under the payout rate reference information, as the payout rate actual measurement information, the appropriateness of the payout rate actual measurement value S in each of the low base state and the high base state and the payout rate actual measurement value S in each of the low base state and the high base state ( OK / NG) is displayed. Here, since the actual measurement value S of the payout rate was appropriate for both the low base state and the high base state, both are displayed as “OK”.

Further, in the lower right part of the screen, a return icon for returning the display screen to the previous display screen and a guide icon for switching the display screen to the guide display screen are displayed in the lower right part of the screen.

FIG. 49 (3) is a diagram showing an example of a payout information display screen.
This payout information display screen is the same screen as in FIG. 49 (2), and as an example, a screen displayed when the unit number “25” is touch-operated in the layout screen in FIG. 49 (1) is shown. It is a thing.

On the payout information display screen, "25s" is displayed as the machine number at the top, and "Pachinko YYY" is displayed as the model name of the gaming machine 1. Below that, as the payout rate reference information of the model, the payout rate reference range (payout rate reference lower limit α to payout rate reference upper limit β) in each of the low base state and the high base state is displayed.

In addition, the payout rate reference value γ is displayed in parentheses within the payout rate reference range for each of the low base state and the high base state. Then, under the payout rate reference information, as the payout rate actual measurement information, the appropriateness of the payout rate actual measurement value S in each of the low base state and the high base state and the payout rate actual measurement value S in each of the low base state and the high base state ( OK / NG) is displayed. Here, "OK" is displayed because the measured value of the payout rate in the high base state was appropriate, but "NG" is displayed because the measured value of the payout rate in the low base state was inappropriate. ing. In addition, "NG" is marked with a color so that the store clerk can clearly identify that the measured value of the payout rate is inappropriate.

FIG. 50 (1) is a diagram showing an example of a payout information display screen.
This payout information display screen is a table screen showing the payout information of the gaming machine 1 in the store in a table format, and has a high payout rate measured value L in a low base state and the machine number of the gaming machine 1 in the store. A table is shown in which the actual measurement value H of the payout rate in the base state and the appropriateness (OK / NG) of the actual measurement value of the payout rate are associated with each other. On this payout information display screen, the payout information of all the gaming machines 1 in the store can be scrolled and displayed by performing a scroll operation, a flick operation, or the like on the scroll icon via the touch panel 2250. Further, at the lower right of the screen, a return icon for returning the display screen to the previous display screen and a switching icon for switching the display screen are displayed.

In this figure, a display screen with scroll icons is illustrated for easy understanding, but by using a display screen without scroll icons and flicking up and down at any position on the display screen, the store can be used. The payout information of each gaming machine 1 may be displayed. The same applies to the following display screens.

FIG. 50 (2) is a diagram showing an example of a payout information display screen.
This payout information display screen is a screen displayed by touching the switching icon on the payout display screen of FIG. 50 (1). On this payout information display screen, the machine number of the gaming machine 1 in the store, the payout rate error Lerr in the low base state, the payout rate error Herr in the high base state, and the appropriateness of the actual payout rate value (OK / NG). A table associated with and is shown in the figure. In the figure, for the sake of simplicity, all payout rate errors are illustrated as integers. Also on this payout information display screen, the payout information of all the gaming machines 1 in the store can be scrolled and displayed by scrolling or flicking the scroll icon via the touch panel 2250. .. Further, at the lower right of the screen, a return icon for returning the display screen to the previous display screen and a switching icon for switching the display screen are displayed.

FIG. 51 (1) is a diagram showing an example of an alert display screen.
This alert display screen is a screen that is displayed when the payout rate of any of the gaming machines 1 in the store is inappropriate, and the message "There is alert information" is displayed in the center of the screen. .. Further, at the lower right of the screen, a return icon for returning the display screen to the previous display screen and an OK icon indicating that the message has been confirmed are displayed.

FIG. 51 (2) is a diagram showing an example of an alert display screen.
This alert display screen is a screen displayed by touching the OK icon on the alert display screen of FIG. 51 (1). Similar to the payout information display screen of FIG. 49 (1), the alert display screen displays a layout screen displaying a list of the gaming machines 1 in the store. However, unlike the payout information display screen of FIG. 49 (1), the machine number of the gaming machine 1 determined to have an inappropriate payout rate is displayed in different colors from the machine number of the gaming machine 1 determined to be appropriate. There is.

FIG. 51 (3) is a diagram showing an example of an alert display screen.
This alert display screen is a screen displayed when the gaming machine 1 having the machine number “54” is touched on the alert display screen of FIG. 51 (2). This alert display screen is the same as the payout information display screen shown in FIG. 49 (2), and "54 series" is displayed as the machine number at the top and "Pachinko ZZZ" is displayed as the model name of the gaming machine 1. Has been done. Below that, as the payout rate reference information of the model, the payout rate reference range (payout rate reference lower limit α to payout rate reference upper limit β) in each of the low base state and the high base state is displayed.

In addition, the payout rate reference value γ is displayed in parentheses within the payout rate reference range for each of the low base state and the high base state. Then, under the payout rate reference information, as the payout rate actual measurement information, the appropriateness of the payout rate actual measurement value S in each of the low base state and the high base state and the payout rate actual measurement value S in each of the low base state and the high base state ( OK / NG) is displayed. Here, since the actual measurement value S of the payout rate is determined to be inappropriate for the high base state, it is color-coded as “NG”.

FIG. 52 (1) is a diagram showing an example of a payout information display screen.
Similar to FIG. 49 (2), this payout information display screen shows a screen displayed when the unit number “15” is touch-operated on the layout screen. On this payout information display screen, "NG" is displayed because the actual payout rate S in the low base state is inappropriate in the 15-series gaming machine 1. In addition to the back icon, a guide icon for displaying the monitor guide is displayed at the lower right of the screen.

FIG. 52 (2) is a diagram showing an example of a monitor guide display screen.
This monitor guide display screen is a screen displayed by touching the guide icon on the payout information display screen of FIG. 52 (1), and "Pachinko XXX" is displayed at the top as the model name of the game machine 1. A "display monitor-equipped machine" indicating that the gaming machine 1 is equipped with the display monitor 29 is displayed below. Below that, monitor guide information including the structure of the display monitor 29 and the confirmation method of the display monitor 29 is displayed.

[2-11. Use]
[2-11-1. Use of data display device]
According to the payout ratio suitability determination displays 1230A to 1230F displayed on the display unit 1230 of the data display device 1200 shown in FIGS. 45 and 46, the payout rate of the corresponding gaming machine 1 is appropriate for the player or the employee of the store. It is possible to confirm whether or not it is.

If the player playing the game on the gaming machine 1 checks the display and determines that the payout rate is inappropriate, he presses the call button to call the store clerk and the payout rate is inappropriate. It can be pointed out that there is a possibility. At this time, the store clerk confirms the payout rate suitability information display displayed on the display unit 1230, and if it is determined that the player's indication is appropriate, the glass door frame 3a of the game machine 1 is opened. Check the display monitor 29 (see FIG. 4) provided in the center of the main board 11.

As described in the first embodiment, the winning combination (%) is based on the number of prize balls by winning the second starting winning opening (Denchu) and the winning of the large winning opening (attacker) out of the total number of prize balls. It is calculated as the ratio of the number of prize balls. In the present embodiment, as described above, in the calculation of the low base payout rate actual measurement value, since the prize balls by winning the general winning opening and the first starting winning opening (navel) are targeted, the low base payout rate actual measurement is performed. The value can be estimated as "100 (%)-role ratio (%)". That is, it can be said that the payout rate in the non-big hit medium and low base state in the present embodiment is synonymous with the combination ratio described in the first embodiment.

Further, as described in the first embodiment, the continuous ratio (%) is calculated as a ratio of the total number of prize balls to the number of prize balls by winning a prize in the large winning opening (attacker). In the present embodiment, in the calculation of the measured value of the high base payout rate, the prize balls by winning the general winning opening, the first starting winning opening (navel) and the second starting winning opening (electric chew) are targeted. The measured value of the high base payout rate can be estimated as "100 (%) -continuous ratio (%)". That is, it can be said that the payout rate in the non-big hit medium and high base state in the present embodiment is synonymous with the continuous ratio described in the first embodiment.

In this case, the store clerk can determine whether or not there is a problem that actually affects the payout rate by referring to the winning combination ratio and the continuous ratio displayed on the display monitor 29. Then, if it is determined that a problem has occurred, the game machine 1 can be stopped and then the game machine 1 can be redeveloped (for example, the game nails can be redeveloped).

[2-11-2. Applications for mobile terminals]
(1) Use of payout information From the payout information display screen displayed on the display unit 2300 of the mobile terminal 2000 shown in FIGS. 49 and 50, the clerk of the store possessing the mobile terminal 2000 can see the layout of the store clerk. It is possible to select any game machine 1 from the game machines 1 and check whether or not the payout rate is appropriate. Then, the store clerk goes to the gaming machine 1 in which the payout rate is displayed as inappropriate (NG), opens the glass door frame 3a, and displays the display monitor 29 provided in the center of the main board 11 (see FIG. 4). ), And by referring to the winning combination ratio and the continuous ratio displayed on the display monitor 29, it is possible to determine whether or not there is a problem that actually affects the payout rate. Then, if it is determined that a problem has occurred, the game machine 1 can be stopped and then the game machine 1 can be redeveloped (for example, the game nails can be redeveloped).

Further, from the alert display screen displayed on the display unit 2300 of the mobile terminal 2000 shown in FIG. 51, the store clerk can know that the gaming machine 1 whose payout rate is determined to be inappropriate has occurred. After that, the store clerk confirms the unit number of the gaming machine 1 for which the payout rate is determined to be inappropriate, goes to the gaming machine 1 to open the glass door frame 3a, and installs it in the center of the main board 11. By checking the displayed display monitor 29 (see FIG. 4) and referring to the winning combination ratio and the connection ratio displayed on the display monitor 29, it is determined whether or not there is a problem that actually affects the payout rate. be able to. Then, if it is determined that a problem has occurred, the game machine 1 can be stopped and then the game machine 1 can be redeveloped (for example, the game nails can be redeveloped).

Further, from the monitor guide display screen displayed on the display unit 2300 of the mobile terminal 2000 shown in FIG. 52, the store clerk can determine whether or not the display monitor 29 is installed for any gaming machine 1 in the store and the display monitor. With respect to the gaming machine 1 equipped with the 29, it is possible to know how to check the display monitor 29.

(2) Use of head-to-head information A store clerk can carry a mobile terminal 2000 and go to another game store to conduct a survey. At this time, the store clerk conducts a survey after confirming the basic information of the game store he / she has visited based on the store basic data transmitted from the hall computer 600 to the mobile terminal 2000.

In addition, the store clerk confirms the operating status of the gaming machine installed in the visited gaming store and inputs it to the mobile terminal 2000 as operating information. In addition, the store clerk actually plays the game with the game machine installed in the game store, and the number of big hits (total number of big hits, number of probable big hits, number of normal big hits), the number of rotations required until the first hit, and the probable change state. Check the information such as the number of consecutive villas (ream chan) in, and input it to the mobile terminal 2000 as basic game information. In addition, the store clerk records the number of balls used in the game and the number of balls acquired in the game for each of the non-big hit medium and low base state and the non-big hit and high base state, and records this. It is input to the mobile terminal 2000 as the payout information.

When the store clerk returns to his / her own store, he / she receives the head-to-head information including the operation information and the game information (basic game information report, payout information) input to the mobile terminal 2000 in the survey at the game store he / she visited. The information is transmitted from the mobile terminal 2000 to the hall computer 600. Then, the hall computer 600 aggregates the heading information in other game stores based on the heading information received from the plurality of mobile terminals 2000.

Of the above, what is characteristic of the present invention is that the payout information acquired in the surveys at other amusement stores can be aggregated by the hall computer 600 of the own store, and can be utilized for the operation at the own store. Is. In other words, by making it possible to aggregate the payout information of other game stores, it is possible to compare the payout information of the own store with the payout information of other stores, and this information can be utilized for the maintenance of game machines at the own store. can. For example, when the payout rate at another game store tends to be higher than that at the own store, the game machine at the own store can be maintained so that the payout rate is higher than that at the other game store.

(3) Use of service A player playing a game with the game machine 1 may have doubts about the low turnover rate during the game. In this case, as part of the service provided by the store, the player calls the store clerk by operating the data display device 1200 or the like to confirm whether the payout rate of the game machine 1 is appropriate. Can be requested.

The called clerk operates the mobile terminal 2000 after hearing the circumstances from the player, and causes the mobile terminal 2000 to transmit the payout information confirmation request signal including the game machine ID of the game machine 1 to the hall computer 600. The hall computer 600 performs a process of confirming the payout rate for the gaming machine 1 for which the mobile terminal 2000 has requested confirmation of the payout information, and determines whether or not the payout rate is appropriate. Then, the determination result is transmitted to the mobile terminal 2000.

The store clerk confirms the suitability of the payout rate of the gaming machine 1 that requested the checkout information on the display screen of the mobile terminal 2000. Then, if the payout rate is appropriate, it is possible to inform the player to that effect and urge the player to continue the game. On the other hand, if the payout rate is inappropriate, the player can be notified to that effect and urged to stop the game. Then, the glass door frame 3a of the gaming machine 1 is opened, the display monitor 29 (see FIG. 4) provided in the center of the main board 11 is confirmed, and the combination ratio and the continuous ratio displayed on the display monitor 29 are checked. By referring to it, it is judged whether or not there is a problem that actually affects the payout rate. Then, if it is determined that a problem has occurred, the game machine 1 can be stopped and then the game machine 1 can be redeveloped (for example, the game nails can be redeveloped).

[2-12. Action effect]
The first gaming system 1000A includes a hall computer 600 (management device) that manages game information of the game machine 1 in the store, and a mobile terminal 2000 (terminal device) that can communicate with the hall computer 600. NS.

The mobile terminal 2000 is acquired by the player during the non-big hit (during the non-advantageous state) with respect to the number of outs (used game value) which is the game value used by the player during the non-big hit (during the non-advantageous state) in the gaming machine 1. With the payout rate standard range or payout rate standard value (reference relative information), which is information related to the standard of the payout rate (relative value), which is the ratio of the number of payouts, which is the game value, and the measured value of the payout rate on the gaming machine 1. Information based on a certain payout rate measured value (measured relative value), and the payout information (specific information) of the gaming machine 1 transmitted from the hall computer 600 can be displayed in association with the machine number of the gaming machine 1. A display unit 2300 is provided.
According to this, it is possible to confirm the specific information based on the reference relative information regarding the standard of the payout rate during the non-big hit of the gaming machine and the measured value of the payout rate on the mobile terminal 2000 owned by the store clerk. As a result, it becomes possible to determine whether or not the payout rate of the gaming machine 1 is as designed.

Further, in the first gaming system 1000A, a data display device 1200 is provided corresponding to the gaming machine 1 (gaming machine).

In the data display device 1200, the player is in the non-big hit (in the non-advantageous state) with respect to the number of outs (used game value) which is the game value used by the player during the non-big hit (in the non-advantageous state) in the game machine 1. The payout rate standard range or the payout rate standard value (reference relative information), which is information on the standard of the payout rate (relative value), which is the ratio of the number of payouts, which is the acquired game value, and the payout rate on the corresponding game machine 1. It is possible to display specific information based on the actual measurement value of the payout rate (measured relative value), and information on the game history of the corresponding gaming machine 1.
According to this, for the corresponding gaming machine, it is possible to confirm by displaying the reference relative information regarding the standard of the payout rate during the non-big hit and the specific information based on the measured value of the payout rate. As a result, it becomes possible to determine whether or not the payout rate of the gaming machine 1 is as designed.

[2-13. Modification example]
[2-13-1. Registration of payout rate standard information]
In the above embodiment, the payout rate standard information of the gaming machine 1 is transmitted to the hall computer 600 by, for example, the store manager referring to the instruction manual for each of the gaming machines 1 of each model provided by the gaming machine manufacturer. It has been described as registering in the hall computer 600 by performing the input work. However, instead of doing so, the payout rate reference information may be registered in the hall computer 600 by using the mobile terminal 2000.

In this case, FIG. 53 shows the second payout information terminal process executed by the processing unit 2100 of the mobile terminal 2000 instead of the payout information terminal process of FIG. 42, and the processing unit 610 of the hall computer 600 for the payout information management process of FIG. 42. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the 2nd payout information management process which is executed instead. The same steps as those in FIG. 42 are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

First, the payout information terminal processing unit 2113 determines whether or not the payout rate reference information of the gaming machine 1 has been input via the operation unit 2200 (U1), and if it determines that it has been input (U1; Yes). , The payout rate reference information data generation process is executed (U3). Specifically, data in which the input model name of the gaming machine and the payout rate reference information are associated with each other is generated and stored in the storage unit 2900 as the payout rate reference information data.

Next, the payout information terminal processing unit 2113 determines whether or not an operation for transmitting the payout rate reference information data has been performed via the operation unit 2200 (U5), and if it determines that the operation has been performed (U5; Yes), stores the data. A control for transmitting the payout rate reference information data stored in the unit 2900 to the hall computer 600 is executed (U7). Then, the payout information terminal processing unit 2113 shifts the processing to Q1.

The payout information management processing unit 613 determines whether or not the payout rate reference information data has been received from the mobile terminal 2000 (V1), and if it determines that it has been received (V1; Yes), the received payout rate reference information data. With respect to the game machine of the model name specified from, the payout rate reference information is stored in the corresponding game machine ID of the model information setting table 685 and the model information setting data of the model name (V3). Then, the payout information management processing unit 613 shifts the processing to R1.

By doing so, when a new model of the gaming machine 1 is introduced into the gaming store, such as when a new machine is replaced, the store manager or the clerk operates the mobile terminal 2000 to check the new model. It is possible to easily register the payout rate standard information in the hall computer 600. In this case, for the data display device 1200 provided corresponding to the game machine 1 of the model in which the payout rate standard information is newly registered, the display device setting data 691 is transmitted from the hall computer 600 to perform new setting. You just have to let it.

It should be noted that the data display device 1200 does not store the payout rate reference information based on the setting data transmitted from the hall computer 600 as in the above embodiment, but the data display device 1200 from the mobile terminal 2000. On the other hand, by transmitting the above-mentioned payout rate reference information data, it is also possible to store the payout rate reference information in the data display device 1200.

[2-13-2. Display on mobile terminals]
In the above embodiment, the processing unit 2100 of the mobile terminal 2000 may cause the display unit 2300 to display information regarding the external output of the gaming machine 1 (hereinafter, referred to as “external output information”). The external output information includes, for example, information such as the number (terminal number) and color (terminal color) of the external output terminal included in the gaming machine 1, the type and information content of the signal output from each output terminal, and the wiring. Can be included.

More specifically, the processing unit 2100 provides external output information from the gaming machine 1 to a gaming device (data display device 1200, a card unit 300 to be described later, etc.) provided correspondingly from the gaming machine 1, and a management device (a management device from the gaming machine 1 to be described later). The external output information to the hall computer 600 or the like may be displayed on the display unit 2300. Further, if the same information is output from the gaming machine 1 to the gaming device and the management device, these information are displayed in common, and different information is output from the gaming machine 1 to the gaming device and the management device. If so, each information may be displayed individually.

In this case, external output information may be registered in the model information setting data for each model of the gaming machine 1 in the model information setting table 685 (see FIG. 27) of the hall computer 600. Then, in response to the request for the external output information from the mobile terminal 2000, the external output information stored in the model information setting data may be transmitted to the mobile terminal 2000. If there is a request for external output information about a specific model from the mobile terminal 2000, the external output information of the model may be transmitted to the mobile terminal 2000, and the mobile terminal 2000 requests the external output information of all the models in the store. If there is, the external output information of all models may be transmitted to the mobile terminal 2000.

Further, as in the above embodiment, it is possible to attach the out ball detector 200 to the gaming machine so that the out signal is output externally from the out ball detector 200, but each winning opening or out opening It is equipped with an out switch for detecting game balls that have passed through, and each time the number of game balls detected by the out switch reaches the specified number of balls (for example, 10 balls), a 1-pulse out signal is directly output to the outside. It is also possible to configure a gaming machine that does. For a gaming machine of such a model, the information related to the output of the out signal may be registered as the external output information in the external output information.

Since it is not necessary to attach the out-ball detector 200 to the gaming machine in the above-mentioned models, the external output information of the new model can be confirmed on the display unit 2300 of the mobile terminal 2000 when the new machine is replaced. , It is convenient for store employees to easily grasp the necessity of installing the out-ball detector 200.

As described above, the external output information of the gaming machine may be registered in the hall computer 600 and the external output information may be transmitted to the mobile terminal 2000. In addition to this, for example, the gaming machine manufacturer It may be possible for the mobile terminal 2000 to download and acquire the external output information of the gaming machine from the server installed in the pachinko / pachislot machine.

Further, in the above embodiment, when there is a gaming machine for which the payout rate is determined to be inappropriate, the alert information is displayed on the display unit 2300 of the mobile terminal 2000, but instead of this, the alert is displayed. Information may be output from the sound output unit 2400.

Further, by storing the history of alert information about the gaming machine for which the payout rate is determined to be inappropriate in the storage unit 2900 of the mobile terminal 2000 and displaying the history of this alert information on the display unit 2300, the store clerk May be able to view the history of alert information at any time.

[2-13-3. Another example of information display device]
54 and 55 are views showing an example of the appearance configuration of the data display device 400, which is another example of the information display device.
The data display device 400 includes a first display unit 430 that displays game information based on at least information output from the game machine 1 for a player playing on the game machine 1, and a player playing on the game machine 1. It is configured to have two displays, that is, a second display unit 440 that displays information for other players, that is, surrounding players.

Further, in the data display device 400, a speaker as a sound output unit 450 is installed in a central portion of the upper surface of the housing so that the sound output port faces the front surface. The design of the speaker can be changed as appropriate. For example, the speaker may be installed at either the left or right position on the upper surface of the housing or at a predetermined position on the side of the housing of the data display device 400.

In the following description, the player playing with the game machine 1 is used as a reference, the front and back directions with respect to the player are used as the front-back direction, the right and left directions with respect to the player are used as the left-right direction, and the player is used as the reference. The upward direction and the downward direction are defined as the vertical direction, respectively.

54 (1) and 54 (2) are perspective views of the data display device 400. The housing of the data display device 400 has a base portion 4A having a horizontally long rectangular shape in the left-right direction when viewed from the front, and a door portion configured to project in the front direction from the right end portion and the left end portion of the base portion 4A, respectively. It is configured to have 4B. The left and right door portions 4B are each designed so that the width thereof is half the width of the base portion 4A.

FIG. 54 (3) is a front view of the data display device 400. On the front surface of the base portion 4A, a first display portion 430 having a horizontally long rectangular shape in the left-right direction when viewed from the front is formed. The first display unit 430 is formed so as to face the player, and the player playing the game with the gaming machine 1 can visually recognize the first display unit 430 from the gaming position. That is, the first display unit 430 is formed so as to be visible to the player from the game position where the player plays.

FIG. 54 (4) is a right side view of the data display device 400. On one of the left and right surfaces of the door portion 4B, a second display portion 440 for displaying information for players other than the player playing the game machine 1 is formed. The second display unit 440 is formed on the right side of the door portion 4B on the right side when viewed from the player, and on the left side of the door portion 4B on the left side when viewed from the player. That is, the second display unit 440 is formed on the outer surface of each door portion 4B, and the player cannot visually recognize the second display unit 440 from the game position. On the other hand, a player other than a player who does not look at the game machine 1 from the front, for example, a player who looks over the game machine 1 on the game island from the edge of the game island and selects the game machine 1 to start the game. , The second display unit 440 can be visually recognized.

As shown in FIG. 54 (2), the left and right door portions 4B are configured to be foldable and stored inward. Specifically, the left and right door portions 4B can be folded inward by the hinge portions 4C, respectively. Since the width of the left and right door portions 4B is designed to be half the width of the base portion 4A excluding the hinge portion 4C, when the left and right door portions 4B are closed, the width of the left and right door portions 4B is exactly overlapped with the base portion 4A. At this time, the left and right door portions 4B are parallel to the base portion 4A, and the first display portion 430 is covered with the left and right door portions 4B. In this way, since the left and right doors 4B can be folded inward, the left and right doors 4B are folded when the data display device 400 is installed on the game island or removed from the game island. Installation work and removal work can be easily performed.

Further, the second display unit 440 is formed on an outer surface that cannot be visually recognized by the player when the door portion 4B is open, but when the door portion 4B is closed, the player displays the second display unit 440. It will be visible from the front. As described above, in the data display device 400, the first display unit 430 is visible to the player, but the second display unit 440 is invisible to the player (on the other hand, the player other than the player can see the second display unit 440). It is possible to make one state (a state in which the second display unit 440 is perpendicular to the first display unit 430), and the first display unit 430 is invisible to the player, but the second display unit 440 is displayed. It is also possible to set the second state (the state in which the second display unit 440 is parallel to the first display unit 430) so that the player can see it.

FIG. 55 is a diagram showing a detailed configuration of the second display unit 440. In the present embodiment, the second display unit 440 is configured to have a removable transparent plastic lid 447 that covers the entire second display unit 440. The display surface of the second display unit 440 protrudes from the housing surface when the door portion 4B is open (the door portion 4B on the right side protrudes to the right side, and the door part 4B on the left side protrudes to the left side). ), And an outward fitting step portion 441 that forms a step between the housing surface of the second display unit 440 and the display surface of the second display unit 440 is provided.

The plastic lid 447 shown in FIG. 55 is a lid member having a peripheral wall 443 projecting from the outer peripheral edge of the bottom plate 442, and has a tray shape in which the bottom plate 442 and the peripheral wall 443 are integrally formed of a translucent plastic material. Have. An inward fitting step portion 444 is provided to form a step between the surface of the bottom plate 442 on the side where the peripheral wall 443 is projected and the end surface (tray-shaped edge surface) of the peripheral wall 443, and the inward fitting step portion 444 is provided. By fitting the joint step portion 444 with the outward fitting step portion 441, the inner surface of the inward fitting step portion 444 is engaged with the outer surface of the outward fitting step portion 441, and the plastic lid 447 and the plastic lid 447 The configuration is such that the second display unit 440 is integrated.

Further, in the recess formed by the bottom plate 442 and the peripheral wall 443 of the plastic lid 447, a POP advertisement 445 for notifying the player of various information can be inserted. In the POP advertisement 445, for example, information on the business of the store in which the gaming machine 1 is installed and information on the event held in the store can be posted.

In FIG. 55, as an example of the POP advertisement 445, the POP advertisement 445 indicating that the day is Ladies' Day, which is one of the event days, is shown. With the POP advertisement 445 inserted in the recess of the plastic lid 447, when the inward fitting step portion 444 is fitted with the outward fitting step portion 441 of the door portion 4B, the POP advertisement 445 becomes the bottom plate 442. It is supported by being sandwiched between the display surface of the second display unit 440 and covers the display screen of the second display unit 440.

Further, since the plastic lid 447 has translucency, the inserted POP advertisement 445 can be visually recognized by the player from the outside through the bottom plate 442. The gaming machine 1 in which the POP advertisement 445 for Ladies' Day is displayed on the corresponding data display device 400 becomes a female-only stand, and only females can play the game.

The POP advertisement is not limited to the above-mentioned event day announcement, and for example, new machine information indicating that the game machine 1 to which the data display device 400 is installed is a new machine, or the game machine 1 is 4 It is possible to post various types of information such as yen pachinko, 2-yen pachinko, information indicating that it is a 1-yen pachinko, and information indicating the model name of the game machine 1.

By making it possible to attach the plastic lid 447 to the second display unit 440 in this way, it is possible to prevent the player from visually recognizing information for players other than the player. Further, by attaching the plastic lid 447 with the POP advertisement interposed therebetween, the surrounding players can confirm the information about the store and the game machine 1. In addition, when the second display unit 440 is covered with a POP advertisement or the like in this way to indicate that the second display unit 440 is in a latent probability change state, the display is displayed to the player other than the player. When the player does not want to see the display itself, the display itself of the second display unit 440 can be made invisible.

Here, in order to set the second display unit 440 not to display the latent probability change state, the hall computer 600 or each data display device 400 is in the latent probability change state on the second display unit 440. It is necessary to perform the setting process to prevent the display. On the other hand, when the second display unit 440 is covered with a cover such as a POP advertisement, such a setting process is not required, and the second display unit 440 is temporarily displayed in a latent probability change state. Even so, it is possible to prevent the player and a player other than the player from visually recognizing the player.

In addition, on an event day such as Ladies' Day, the operation is performed so that the second display unit 440 can be visually recognized by removing the POP advertisement and the like only for the player (for example, a female customer) who is the target of the event. May be good. Further, when a player (for example, a female customer) who is the target of such an event plays a game, the door portion 4B is folded inward after removing the POP advertisement or the like (the second state described above). After making the second display unit 440 visible to the player, the second display unit may display the latent probability change state. According to this, only a specific player such as an event target person can visually recognize the display content of the second display unit 440.

In FIG. 55, the plastic lid 447 is illustrated as a covering body for covering the second display unit 440 of the data display device 400, but the covering body is not limited to this. If the covering body is used as a lid, the lid is not limited to the plastic lid 447, but may be a glass lid or a wooden lid. Further, as a covering body other than the lid, the eaves surrounding the second display unit 440 may be used as the covering body according to the present invention. The eaves can be, for example, colored plastic, vinyl, or wooden eaves.

FIG. 56 is a diagram showing an example of the eaves in this case.
The door portion 4B on which the second display portion 440 is formed is configured to have a detachable eaves 448 so as to surround the entire door portion 4B. Specifically, the eaves 448 formed in a U-shape in front view so as to surround the surface of the door portion 4B other than the adhesive surface of the hinge portion 4C is configured to be attachable to the door portion 4B. By attaching such an eaves 448 to the door portion 4B, it is possible to create a state in which the second display portion 440 is further invisible to the player playing the game machine.

The eaves 448 may have a bottomed structure having a bottom portion surrounding the inner surface of the door portion 4B, or a bottomless structure having no bottom portion. When the bottomed structure is adopted, the inner surface of the door 4B is also surrounded by the eaves 448, so that even the inner surface of the door 4B cannot be seen by the player, as if the player. Can create a state as if it were isolated.

Further, the cover body does not necessarily have to cover the entire second display unit 440, and may cover a part of the second display unit 440. For example, it may be a covering body that covers only the central portion of the second display unit 440, or may be a covering body that covers the right half, the left half, the upper half, and the lower half of the second display unit 440. Further, it may be a covering body that covers the periphery of the second display unit 440.

In this case, the content displayed on the display unit 1230 of the data display device 1200 of the above embodiment may be displayed on the first display unit 430 of the data display device 400. In addition, other information may be displayed on the second display unit 440 of the data display device 400.

FIG. 57 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen to be displayed on the second display unit 440 of the data display device 400.
FIG. 57 (1) is a diagram showing an example of a vacant table information screen.
On this vacant machine information screen, vacant machine information indicating that the gaming machine 1 is a vacant machine is displayed. Specifically, in the center of the screen, the message "I can play now" is displayed along with the message "Available". From this message, the player can know that the gaming machine 1 is currently vacant and can be played.

FIG. 57 (2) is a diagram showing an example of a big hit medium screen.
On the big hit middle screen, big hit information indicating that the game machine 1 is in big hit is displayed. Specifically, a flame is displayed in the center of the screen, and a "big hit" message indicating that the gaming machine 1 is in the big hit is displayed in the flame. From this message, the player can know that the game machine 1 is currently a big hit.

FIG. 57 (3) is a diagram showing an example of a screen during latent probability change.
On the latent probability changing screen, latent probability changing information indicating that the gaming machine 1 is in latent probability changing is displayed in the center of the screen. Specifically, a zigzag-shaped balloon is displayed in the center of the screen, and the message "latent probability changing" is displayed in the balloon. In addition, the message "Now is your chance !!" is displayed at the bottom of the screen.

Since the second display unit 440 cannot be visually recognized from the player's game position, the player cannot know that the latent probability is changing. On the other hand, the player can know that the gaming machine 1 is in the latent probability change by looking at the second display unit 440. That is, the spectator knows that the platform is in a chance state, but the player continues the game without knowing that the platform is in a chance state. Also, if the player quits the game and leaves the seat without knowing that the latent probability is changing, the surrounding players know that the table is in a chance state, so they can sit on the table and play the game. You can expect a big hit by doing it. As a result, it is possible to create a new interest that cannot be realized by the conventional call lamp device.

FIG. 57 (4) is a diagram showing an example of a screen during non-probability change.
On the non-probability changing screen, non-probability changing information indicating that the gaming machine 1 is in the non-probability changing state is displayed in the center of the screen. Specifically, a cloud-shaped balloon is displayed in the center of the screen, and the message "Uncertain change in progress" is displayed in the balloon. Also, at the bottom of the screen, the message "Sorry. Expect next" is displayed.

Since the second display unit 440 cannot be visually recognized from the player's game position, the player cannot know that the non-probability change is in progress. On the other hand, the spectator can know by looking at the second display unit 440 that the gaming machine 1 is in a non-probable change and the possibility of a big hit is low.

The data display device 400 is not provided with light emitting means, but like the data display device 1200, LEDs are used as light emitting means around the first display unit 430 (right side, left side, upper side, lower side). The control unit of the data display device 400 may execute the control to make the LED emit light, similarly to the data display device 1200.

[3. Third Embodiment]
[3-1. System configuration]
FIG. 58 is a diagram showing an example of the system configuration of the second gaming system 1000B according to the third embodiment. The same components as those of the first game system 1000A are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

The second gaming system 1000B includes a plurality of gaming machines 1 installed on the gaming island, a calling lamp device 220 which is a kind of gaming device and information display device provided corresponding to each gaming machine 1, and each game. A card unit 300, a hall computer 600, a ball management computer 800, a stand terminal 900, and a portable terminal, which are a kind of gaming device, information display device, recording medium processing device, and lending device provided corresponding to the machine 1. It is configured with 2000.

The card unit 300 is installed at a position on the predetermined side of the gaming machine 1 in a one-to-one correspondence with the gaming machine 1, and is issued to a visitor player who has not registered as a member in the gaming hall. A game card, which is a recording medium including a card and a member card issued to a member player who has registered as a member at the game hall, can be accepted, and the possessed game value specified from the accepted game card. Is executed in the game machine 1.

Specifically, the card unit 300 consumes the remaining amount, which is a valuable possession value specified from the game card, to rent out a game ball, which is a game medium used for the game in the game machine 1, or for a game. Based on the number of stored balls and the number of balls held, which are the number of owned game media specified from the card, the process of paying out the game balls, which are the game media used for the game on the game machine 1, and the game balls acquired by the player. Perform various processes such as counting.

In the present embodiment, the card unit 300 is used for calculating and displaying the payout rate index value based on the setting data (unit setting data 693) output from the hall computer 600, similarly to the first game system 1000A. Make various settings related to this. Then, the card unit 300 calculates the payout rate and determines the suitability thereof by the same method as the data display device 1200, and displays specific information based on these results on the liquid crystal display 313. Further, the card unit 300 counts the number of acquired balls, which is the number of game balls acquired by the player, as information on the game value owned by the player who plays with the corresponding game machine 1, and displays it on the liquid crystal display 313. indicate. Since various settings in the card unit 300, calculation of the payout rate, display, and the like can be realized by substantially the same method as in the second embodiment, detailed description thereof will be omitted.

[3-2. Signal and information flow]
FIG. 59 is a diagram showing an example of the flow of signals and information between each device of the second gaming system 1000B. In this figure, the stand terminal 900 is not shown for the sake of simplicity.

The gaming machine signal is output from the gaming machine 1 to the calling lamp device 220, the card unit 300, and the hall computer 600.

Further, an out signal is output to the card unit 300 and the hall computer 600 from the out ball detector 200 attached to the gaming machine 1.

From the card unit 300, unit signals including a card insertion signal, a card ejection signal, a deposit signal, a consumption signal, a possessed ball number signal, a ball payout signal, and a unit error signal are transmitted to a call lamp device 220, a hall computer 600, and a ball management computer. It is output to 800.

The card insertion signal is a signal that is output when a game card is accepted, and a signal including a reception ID such as a card ID or a member ID recorded on the accepted game card is output.
The card ejection signal is a signal that is output when the accepted gaming card is ejected.
The deposit signal is a signal that is output when the player deposits money. The deposit signal can be a signal output in units of a specific amount of money (for example, 100 yen).
The consumption signal is a signal that is put into an output state when the balance is consumed. The consumption signal can also be a signal output in units of a specific amount of money (for example, 100 yen).
The possessed ball number signal is a signal indicating the possessed ball number of the player. The number of possessed balls includes the number of counting balls counted by the counting payout unit 380, the number of stored balls associated with the membership card, and the number of balls possessed associated with the visitor card.
The ball payout signal is a signal that is output when the game ball is paid out to the game machine 1, and a signal including the fact that the game ball has been paid out and the number of balls of the paid out game ball is output.
The unit error signal is a signal that is set to the output state when some kind of illegality or abnormality occurs in the card unit 300.

Further, the card unit 300 outputs an authentication request signal for requesting authentication of the game card inserted in the own device to the ball management computer 800. The authentication request signal includes a unit ID which is an ID of the own device and a card ID (membership card: membership card ID, visitor card: visitor card ID) recorded on the game card.

From the hall computer 600, unit setting data 693, which is setting data for the card unit 300 to make settings related to display, sound output, light emission, and the like, is output to the card unit 300.

The ball management computer 800 executes the authentication process according to the authentication request signal output from the card unit 300, and transmits the authentication signal to the card unit 300. The authentication signal includes an authentication result (OK / NG). If the authentication result is OK, the card information associated with the card ID included in the authentication request signal is output to the card unit 300.

[3-3. Card unit configuration]
FIG. 60 is a diagram showing an example of the appearance configuration of the card unit 300.
On the front surface of the card unit 300, there is a multifunction lamp 301 composed of full-color LEDs and capable of notifying the state of the card unit 3 by lighting in a plurality of colors, and a bill insertion slot 302 for inserting bills. A payout button 311 for accepting a counting and paying operation for paying out the counted number of balls, a card insertion slot 309 for inserting a membership card and a visitor card, and a protrusion from the front of the device to the front side of the device. A formed display unit 355 is provided.

The display unit 355 has a liquid crystal display 313 in which the touch panel 314 is integrally configured, and is configured so that each display item displayed on the liquid crystal display 313 can be input by touching the touch panel 314 with a finger. Further, the display unit 355 is provided with an IR light receiving unit 315 that receives an infrared signal from a setting remote controller possessed by a staff member of the amusement park, converts it into an electric signal, and outputs the signal.

The card insertion slot 309 provided on the front surface of the card unit 300 is connected to the card slot 392 of the card reader / writer 327 built in at a position corresponding to the card insertion slot 309, and is connected through the card insertion slot 309. A game card (visitor card, membership card) can be inserted into the card slot 392.

The game card is an IC having a non-volatile memory for storing various data and a control unit for rewriting and reading these recorded information and performing non-contact communication with an external reader / writer device. An IC card on which a chip is mounted is used, and a membership card ID / visitor card ID that can identify each card is stored in advance in these game cards in a non-rewritable manner. Then, the type can be identified from the card ID, and the prepaid balance data and the like that can specify the prepaid balance are stored.

The membership card is issued to a member player who has registered as a member at the amusement park, and the member ID given to the member is stored in a non-rewritable manner. In addition, as will be described later, the member player using the membership card shall use the game balls once acquired and counted for the game again on the next day or later, or store balls that can be used for prize exchange. However, the membership card does not directly record the number of balls stored, which is the number of game balls in which the balls were stored, and the number of balls stored is recorded in the ball management computer 8 as will be described later. In, the member card ID is identified by being stored in association with the member card ID.

Further, the number of balls held based on the number of locally counted balls counted by the counting / payout unit 380 is not directly recorded on the membership card, and the number of balls held is also associated with the membership card ID as described later. By being stored, it is specified from the member card ID and the member ID, and the number of balls held can be used for the game in each card unit 300 in the amusement park only on that day, and is not shown. It can be used for prize exchange in the prize exchange POS terminal.

Further, in the present embodiment, the number of balls held based on the number of locally counted balls counted by the counting payout unit 380 is not directly recorded in the visitor card, and as will be described later, the visitor card ID is recorded in the ball management computer 8. By storing and managing it in association with the above, it is possible to identify it from the visitor card ID, and it can be used for prize exchange in a prize exchange POS terminal (not shown).

In this embodiment, the player performs various operations on the card unit 3 by operating the touch panel 314. For example, the display unit 355 displays a menu button or table data for selecting a menu. Operation of the table data button for the purpose, the replay button for performing the replay game using the membership card ID recorded on the membership card and the number of stored balls specified by the membership ID when the membership card is accepted. A button may be provided.

Further, inside the display unit 355, switches corresponding to the liquid crystal display 313 and the operation buttons, which will be described later, are provided, and these are connected to the display control board 329 provided at the position in the device corresponding to the display unit 355. By doing so, the display control of the liquid crystal display 313, the input position detection by the touch panel 314, and the like are performed by the display control board 329.

At the upper position in the card unit 300, a bill is connected to a bill insertion slot 302, and the bill inserted into the bill insertion slot 302 is taken in to identify its authenticity and bill type, and the identification result is approximately in the center of the device. A banknote identification unit 302a for outputting to a control unit 305, which will be described later, is provided in the unit, and various banknotes (10,000 yen, 5,000 yen, 2,000 yen, and 1,000 yen) are provided in the banknote identification unit 302a. ) Can be accepted.

Further, a control unit 305 that controls the operation of the card unit 3 is provided at a substantially central position of the card unit 300 so as to be easily connected to each part constituting the card unit 300. As will be described later, Various operations of the card unit 300 are controlled by the control unit 305.

Further, the card unit 300 and the game machine 1 are configured to be able to send and receive a loan-related signal associated with the loan of a plurality of game balls predetermined as a payout unit and a payout-related signal associated with the payout of the game ball. For example, the lending-related signals include a lending request signal for causing the game machine 1 to lend a game ball from the card unit 300, a stand terminal lending completion signal, a stand READY signal, and a unit READY signal output from the game machine 1. , Signals such as a terminal rental request completion confirmation signal are included.

A unit invalid signal is output from the card unit 300. The card unit 300 has, for example, a fraudulent radio wave detection function, a vibration detection function, and a counterfeit card or counterfeit banknote discrimination function as functions for detecting fraud of a player, and when fraudulent radio waves and vibrations are detected by these functions. Or, when it is determined that a counterfeit card or counterfeit banknote has been used, a unit illegal signal is output externally via an external output board.

Further, a unit abnormality signal is output from the card unit 300. The card unit 3 has a function of detecting an insertion / ejection failure of a game card and a function of detecting a counting / paying failure by the counting / payout unit 380 as a function of detecting an abnormality. When it is detected or when the counting / paying out failure is detected by the counting / paying out unit 380, the unit abnormality signal is output to the outside via the external output board.

The prepaid balance is an integer part of the quotient calculated by the formula "card balance ÷ unit amount", and the card balance is the balance in yen units recorded on the game card. For example, the unit amount can be 100 yen, and if the card balance is 10,000 yen, the prepaid balance is 100.

The above balance may be directly recorded on the game card, or may be managed by a management device such as a ball management computer 800 without being recorded on the game card. When recording the remaining amount on the game card, the card unit 300 may specify the remaining amount owned by the player by reading the remaining amount from the received game card. When the balance is not recorded on the game card, the card unit 300 outputs the card ID of the received game card to the management device, and acquires the balance data associated with the card ID from the management device. Therefore, the remaining amount owned by the player may be specified.

The card unit 300 stores the balance specified as described above in the storage unit 320 as prepaid balance data or card balance data. Further, the card unit 300 updates the remaining amount data by consuming the remaining amount for the game or adding the remaining amount by depositing while accepting the game card. Then, in the operation of recording the remaining amount on the game card, the card unit 300 causes the game card to record the remaining amount when the game card is returned. Further, in the operation of managing the remaining amount by the management device, the remaining amount data is output to the management device at the time of returning the game card or after the return.

In the present embodiment, the term "balance" will be described as meaning the balance associated with the game card. That is, it means the balance directly recorded on the game card by deposit and the balance managed by the upper management device in association with the card ID and member ID of the game card by deposit.

Further, in the present specification, a ball acquired by a player in a game with a pachinko machine and deposited in a hall is referred to as a "stored ball". In addition, the number of stored balls deposited in the hall is referred to as the "number of stored balls". The number of stored balls is managed by the management device. In principle, the number of stored balls cannot be recorded on the membership card, and the number of stored balls managed by the management device is transmitted to the recording medium processing device in response to the receipt of the membership card by the recording medium processing device. .. In addition, the balls acquired by the player on the current business day are referred to as "same-day savings", and the balls acquired and saved by the member players before the current business day are referred to as "past savings". Although contrary to the principle, the number of stored balls may be recorded on the membership card.

The number of balls saved by the player on the day is determined as the number of balls saved by the player on that day, and is managed as the number of past balls saved on the next business day or later, depending on the fulfillment of the predetermined conditions. The predetermined condition can be set as, for example, that the closing process is performed after the store is closed on the day. The closing process is due to the fact that the closing time has reached a predetermined closing time (for example, 10:00 midnight, midnight, 2:00 midnight), the store manager has performed the closing process, and the store is closed. This is executed when conditions such as the power of the management device being once turned off and the power of the management device being turned on for business on the next business day are satisfied. By executing this closing process, the number of stored balls on the day is added to the number of stored balls in the past and reset, and is managed as the number of stored balls in the past on the next business day or later.

Further, in the present specification, the number of game balls owned by the player as a result of the player playing the game with the pachinko machine is referred to as "mochi ball". In addition, the number of balls recorded on the visitor card is referred to as the "number of balls held" in order to distinguish it from the same-day stored balls associated with the membership card.

Further, in the present specification, a pachinko ball that can be fired by the game machine 1 and is generated in exchange for withdrawing the remaining amount, a holding ball, and a stored ball is referred to as a “game ball”.

Further, in the present specification, the gaming machine 1 provided corresponding to the card unit 3 is referred to as a "corresponding pachinko machine", and the card unit 3 provided corresponding to the gaming machine 1 is referred to as a "corresponding unit". Refer to.

FIG. 61 is a block diagram showing an example of the functional configuration of the card unit 300.
The card unit 300 is a control unit that provides various functions of the card unit 3 by controlling each part of the bill identification unit 302a, the card reader / writer 327, the display control board 329, and the card unit 3 by a control program. It is composed of 305, and the bill identification unit 302a, the card reader / writer 327, and the display control board 329 are connected to the control unit 305 to enable transmission and reception of various data.

The card reader / writer 327 reads and writes recorded information such as the (member) card ID, the member ID (member card only), and the prepaid balance data recorded in the membership card inserted from the card insertion slot 309 and the visitor card. I do.

The control unit 305 includes a processing unit 310, a storage unit 320, and a clock unit 335.

The processing unit 310 is a control device and an arithmetic unit configured to include a processor such as a CPU or DSP that collectively controls the card unit 3 and an integrated circuit such as an ASIC.

The storage unit 320 is a storage device including a memory such as a ROM, a flash ROM, an EEPROM, or a RAM. In the present embodiment, the storage unit 320 pays out the card unit processing program 321 read by the processing unit 310 and executed as the card unit processing, the local counting ball number data 323 which is the data of the local counting ball number, and the payout. The rate total data 325, the reception card data 327 which is the data of the received game card, and the unit setting data 693 output from the hall computer 600 are stored.

The payout rate total data 325 is data that stores the total value related to the payout rate in the corresponding gaming machine 1, and is the same data as the payout rate total data 1295 described in the second embodiment.

Further, the card unit processing program 321 includes a payout rate index value calculation program 321a executed as a payout rate index value calculation process and a display processing program 321b executed as a display process as subroutines.

The control unit 305 is connected to and from a prize ball control board (not shown) provided in the corresponding game machine 1 so as to be able to send and receive various signals associated with the rental of the game ball, and as described above. By connecting to the information output board of the gaming machine 1 via a signal cable, the gaming machine signal can be input.

Further, the control unit 305 is connected to an out-ball detector 200 provided at a lower position of the corresponding gaming machine 1, and an out signal by the out-ball detector 200 can be input, and these out-ball detectors can be input. The payout rate aggregated data 325 is updated in response to the input of the out signal from 200.

Further, the control unit 305 can grasp whether or not there is an operation on the touch panel 314. When the operation on the touch panel 314 is detected, the control unit 305 executes the process corresponding to the operation.

Further, as described above, the control unit 305 is provided with a balance indicator provided in the operation unit of the corresponding gaming machine 1, a lending button switch for detecting the operation of the lending button, and a membership card or visitor card being accepted. A return button switch that detects the operation of the return button that is operated when returning is connected, and the operation of the lending button and the operation of the return button can be detected, and the display control of these balance indicators is performed.

The control unit 305 includes various information input from the display control board 329 in response to the output from the IR light receiving unit 315 in response to transmission from the remote controller, the operation of various buttons provided on the display unit 355, and the operation of the touch panel. , The full color provided in the multifunction lamp connected to the control unit 305 by receiving the money identification information by the bill identification unit 302a, the card insertion information from the card reader / writer 327, the storage status information of the visitor card, and the like. Overall operation control such as lighting control of each LED such as LED301a, control of card reader / writer 327, display control board 329, display control of balance indicator, etc. is performed.

In addition, the control unit 305 performs card reception processing for determining whether or not the membership card or visitor card inserted in the card insertion slot 309 can be used, and ball lending using the remaining amount specified from the game card being accepted. Depending on the loan processing to be performed, the receipt of money, the deposit to the remaining amount on the game card being accepted, or the issue / deposit process to write the prepaid balance on a new game card and issue it, the return operation by the return button Of the number of game media owned (the number of balls saved by adding the number of saved balls and the number of balls held to the number of locally counted balls) by the return processing of returning the membership card and visitor card currently being accepted, and the reception of the operation of the payout button 311 A process such as a payout process for paying out a game ball having a predetermined number of unit balls is executed.

Further, the control unit 305 is connected to an external device such as a hall computer 600 or a ball management computer 800 connected to a local area network (LAN) via a HUB so as to be capable of data communication with each of these computers. It is possible to send and receive various data.

Further, the display control board 329 connected to the control unit 305 includes a liquid crystal display 313 and a touch panel 314 constituting the display unit 355, switches corresponding to various operation buttons 316, an IR light receiving unit 315, and the above-mentioned replay display unit. Electronic components such as the LED 320a provided on the display control board 329 are connected to the display control board 329, and the operation information of the touch panel 314, the operation information of various switches, and the information based on the output signal output from the IR light receiving unit 315 are connected to the display control board 329. It is output to the control unit 305 via.

On the display control board 329 of the present embodiment, a display drive circuit (not shown) for driving the display of the liquid crystal display 313 and a position where the pressing operation is performed based on the output signal from the touch panel 314 are specified and specified. An input position detection circuit (not shown) that outputs input position information, a VDP (not shown) that performs processing related to the display image displayed on the display unit 355, and a VROM (not shown) that stores image data used for menu display and the like. (Omitted), VRAM (not shown) that temporarily stores the display data to be displayed on the display unit 355, and the judgment and processing associated with the input of various switches and touch panels, independent of the control unit 305, based on the processing program. The display control microcomputer to be implemented is mounted, and various display screens can be displayed on the liquid crystal display 313 constituting the display unit 355 based on the display data (page data) output from the control unit 305. Has been done.

The card unit 300 is configured to be able to accept game cards, and the card unit 300 that has received the game cards executes the above-mentioned ball lending process according to the prepaid balance specified from the game cards. In addition, the above payout process is executed according to the number of stored balls and the number of balls held from the game card.

On the front surface of the card unit 300, a bill insertion slot for inserting bills and a card insertion slot 309 for inserting a membership card or a visitor card are provided. The membership card or visitor card inserted into the card insertion slot 309 is accepted by the card reader / writer, and the information recorded on the card is read. The bill inserted into the bill insertion slot is taken in by a currency classifier (not shown) to identify its authenticity and bill type.

When the player finishes the game and receives the card returned from the card unit 300, the ball held in the card unit 3 is temporarily stored in the ball management computer 8 as a stored ball, and the player is the player of the card. When a card is inserted into the same or another card unit 3 again on the same day as the day when the card is returned, only the balls for the day that were once stored as stored balls are stored in the card unit 3 again, and the balls are stored in the card unit 3. Game balls may be added in the range so that the game can be played.

Further, a sound output control board 319 is connected to the control unit 305. The sound output control board 319 is connected to the sound output unit 350, and is controlled so that various sounds are output from the sound output unit 350 according to the control of the control unit 305.

Further, at the lowermost position of the card unit 300, game balls are counted and taken in, and the counted game balls are counted for the maximum fraction, that is, only the maximum value of the fraction less than the number of payout units in the corresponding game machine 1. A counting and paying unit 380 for storing and counting game balls with fractions less than the unit is provided. Hereinafter, "fractions less than a unit" will be referred to as "fractions".

In addition, instead of storing and paying out the game balls in the counting and paying unit 380 of the card unit 300, a conventionally known game ball storage and circulation device is configured on the game island, and the game balls are stored and circulated from the game ball storage and circulation device. May be paid out.

A horizontally long box-shaped connecting box 340 arranged between the lower plate 24 of the gaming machine 1 and the repair plate of the gaming island is connected to the counting and payout unit 380.

The connecting box 340 includes a terminal box (not shown) having a relatively large thickness in the height direction formed on the terminal side of the connecting box 340, and a terminal box and a counting payout unit having a relatively small thickness in the height direction. It is composed of a path box (not shown) formed so as to connect the connecting portion with and.

The connecting box 340 is connected to the counting and payout unit 380 so that the terminal box is located below the lower plate 24, and a game ball discharged from the lower plate 24 is placed on the upper surface of the terminal box. A charging portion 345 having a hopper shape for charging is formed. Further, at the lower front position of the terminal box, there is an open / close shutter that allows the player to open / close and is urged to be normally closed, and a fraction that is refunded (returned) from the counting / payout unit 380. A return port 342 is provided so that the game balls can be discharged.

Further, at the upper position in the path box, a two-row flow path is provided so as to incline toward the counting and paying unit 380, and guides the game ball thrown into the charging unit 345 to the counting and paying unit 380 in a natural flow. A counting passage 343 composed of is provided. Further, a return passage 344 is provided at a position below the counting passage 343 so as to incline toward the return port 342 and guides the game ball paid out from the counting payout unit 380 to the return port 342 under natural flow. ..

A counting lever 341 is provided at the upper position on the front surface of the terminal box 340a so that the player can slide the counter. The opening / closing shutter 346 provided at the entrance to the counting passage 343 is opened.

Inside the counting payout unit 380 to which the connecting box 340 is connected, an inflow path which is connected to the counting passage 343 and is provided so as to incline from the front side of the card unit 3 toward the inward side of the card unit 3 is provided. At the terminal position of the inflow path, a counting sensor (not shown) for detecting and counting the game balls flowing down the inflow path is provided for each flow path of each line, and counting is performed through the counting passage 343. The game balls that have flowed into the payout unit 380 are detected by the counting sensor and counted. When counting by the counting sensor, a detection signal of a predetermined pulse is output from the counting payout unit 380 to the control unit 305 in response to the detection of one game ball. The control unit 305 adds 1 to the number of stored balls each time the detection signal is input.

The card unit 300 stores the number of balls counted by the counting / payout unit 380 in the storage unit 320 as the local counting ball number data 323. When the game card is returned, the card unit 3 transmits the unit ID, the card ID, and the local counting ball number data 323 to the ball management computer 8. When the game card being accepted is a visitor card, the number of locally counted balls stored in the local counting ball number data 323 is recorded in the visitor card as the number of balls.

The ball management computer 800 updates the number of locally counted balls by adding it to the number of stored balls / the number of balls held on the day based on the unit ID, the card ID, and the number of locally counted balls data 323 transmitted from the card unit 3.

Specifically, when the type of the card ID is the membership card ID, the ball management computer 800 adds the number of locally counted balls to the number of balls stored on the day of the ball storage management data of the member card management data corresponding to the member card ID. The number of local counting balls specified from the data 323 is added and updated.

Further, when the type of the card ID is the visitor card ID, the ball management computer 800 adds the number of balls of the ball management data of the visitor card management data corresponding to the visitor card ID to the number of balls of the local counting ball data 323. The number of local counting balls specified from is added and updated.

[3-4. process]
FIG. 62 is a flowchart showing an example of a flow of card unit processing executed by the processing unit 310 of the card unit 300 according to the card unit processing program 321 stored in the storage unit 320.

First, the processing unit 310 determines whether or not it is the setting timing of the own device (K1). The setting timing can be, for example, the timing when the power of the own device is turned on. In this case, the setting timing may be determined by confirming whether or not the set flag indicating that the display content or operation content of the own device has been set is set to "ON". The set flag may be set to "ON" after the setting process is executed, and may be cleared to "OFF" when the power of the card unit 300 is turned off at the end of business of the store or the like.

When it is determined that the setting timing is reached (determined that the set flag is "OFF") (K1; Yes), the processing unit 310 requests the hall computer 600 for unit setting data 693, and the hall computer 600 requests the unit setting data 693. Acquire unit setting data 693 (K3).

Next, the processing unit 310 executes the setting process (K5). Since the setting method in this setting process is substantially the same as the setting method in the data display device 1200 described in the second embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted.

Next, the processing unit 310 starts executing the local counting ball number data update processing (K7). Specifically, the process of updating the local counting ball number data 327 of the storage unit 320 is started by adding the counted number of balls to the local counting ball number based on the counting result of the counting payout unit 380.

In addition, the processing unit 31 starts executing the payout rate total data update process (K9). Specifically, a process of calculating an index value necessary for calculating a payout rate actual measurement value based on a game machine signal transmitted from the corresponding game machine 1 and updating the payout rate total data 325 of the storage unit 320. Start.

Next, the processing unit 310 executes the game enabling process (K10). Specifically, based on the player's operation on the own device, a process such as a ball lending process or a ball payout process is executed to enable the player to play a game on the corresponding gaming machine 1.

After that, the processing unit 310 executes the payout rate index value calculation process according to the payout rate index value calculation program 321a stored in the storage unit 320 (K11). Since this payout rate index value calculation process can be realized by the same process as the process described in the second embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted again.

Next, the processing unit 310 executes the payout rate suitability determination process (K13). Since this payout rate suitability determination process can also be realized by the same process as the process described in the second embodiment, the description will be omitted again.

Next, the processing unit 310 determines whether or not the appropriateness determination result of the payout rate is appropriate (K15), and if it is determined that it is inappropriate (K15; No), the gaming machine ID of the corresponding gaming machine 1 is set. Output to the hall computer 600 (K17). By doing so, the store manager can grasp the gaming machine 1 whose payout rate may be inappropriate, and opens the glass door frame 3a of the gaming machine 1 to the store clerk. Can be instructed to check the display monitor 26.

After K17, or if the appropriateness determination result of the payout rate is appropriate (K15; Yes), the processing unit 310 displays the processing unit 310 according to the display processing program 321b stored in the storage unit 320. Execute the process (K19). Since this display process can also be realized by the same process as the process described in the second embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted again.

Next, the processing unit 310 determines whether or not to end the processing (K21), and if it is determined to continue the processing (K21; No), returns the processing to K1. If it is determined that the processing is finished (K21; Yes), the card unit processing is finished.

[3-5. Display screen]
FIG. 63 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen displayed on the liquid crystal display 313 constituting the display unit 355 of the card unit 300.
FIG. 63 (1) is an example of a card forgotten notification screen for alerting the player to forget to remove the game card, and the message "Be careful not to forget to remove the card" is displayed in the center of the screen. Is displayed.

In addition, the payout rate suitability information display 313A is displayed at the lower right of the screen. The payout rate suitability information display 313A is the same as the payout rate suitability information display 1230A displayed on the display unit 1230 of the data display device 1200 of FIG. 45 (1), and displays the suitability of the payout rate by the color change mode. Is.

Further, below the screen for forgetting to remove the card, the number of acquired game balls, which is the number of game balls acquired by the player by playing the game on the corresponding game machine 1, is displayed. From this display, the player can know the number of balls that he / she has acquired by the game.

FIG. 63 (2) is a diagram showing another example of the card removal forgetting notification screen.
In this card forgotten notification screen, the payout rate suitability information display 313B is displayed at the lower right of the screen. The payout rate suitability information display 313B is the same as the payout rate suitability information display 1230B displayed on the display unit 1230 of the data display device 1200 of FIG. 45 (2), and displays the suitability of the payout rate by the meter mode. be.

FIG. 63 (3) is a diagram showing another example of the card removal forgetting notification screen.
On this card forgetting notification screen, the payout rate suitability information display 313C is displayed at the lower right of the screen. The payout rate suitability information display 313B is the same as the payout rate suitability information display 1230C displayed on the display unit 1230 of the data display device 1200 of FIG. 45 (3), and displays the suitability of the payout rate according to the error mode. be.

Here, an example is illustrated in which the liquid crystal display 313 displays the payout rate suitability information in the same display mode as the payout rate suitability information displays 1230A to 1230C described in FIG. 45, but the payout rate suitability information described in FIG. 46 has been illustrated. It goes without saying that the liquid crystal display 313 may display the payout rate suitability information in the same display mode as the information display 1230D to 1230F.

[4. Other embodiments]
The embodiment to which the present invention can be applied is not limited to the above embodiment, and can be appropriately changed without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Hereinafter, other embodiments will be described. The same configurations as those in the above embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted again.

[4-1. Pachinko machine]
In the above embodiment, the gaming machine according to the present invention has been described as a pachinko gaming machine, but the gaming machine is not limited to this. For example, a slot machine capable of playing with a game medal may be used as the game machine according to the present invention.

Further, as the gaming machine according to the present invention, a pachinko gaming machine called a right-handed gaming machine may be applied. In the right-handed machine, in the normal state, the left-handed hit is mainly aimed at winning the first starting winning opening (navel), and when the big hit winning is controlled to the big hit game state, the right-handed hit is the big winning opening (attacker). In the high-probability / high-base state or low-probability / high-base state that is controlled thereafter, the aim is mainly to win the second starting winning opening (electric chew).

In this case, the calculation target of the payout rate in the low base state is the number of payouts paid out by the prize balls by winning the prizes in the first starting winning opening and the general winning opening provided in the left-handed area, and the high base state. The calculation target of the payout rate in the above may be the number of payouts paid out by the prize balls by winning the prizes in the second starting winning opening and the general winning opening provided in the right-handed area. If the gaming machine does not have a general winning slot, the payout rate calculation target in the low base state may be only the first starting winning slot, and the payout rate calculation target in the high base state may be limited to the second starting winning slot. ..

Further, the gaming machine according to the present invention is not limited to conventional pachinko gaming machines and slot machines, but also uses an enclosed pachinko gaming machine in which a gaming ball is enclosed and circulated, and a gaming point (holding point). It may be a game point type slot machine.

[4-2. Terminal equipment]
In the above embodiment, the terminal device according to the present invention has been described as a mobile phone (smartphone), but the terminal device is not limited to this. For example, a terminal device such as a PDA, a handy terminal, a remote controller, or a notebook computer, which includes a display unit, a sound output unit, and the like, may be the terminal device according to the present invention.

Further, the terminal device according to the present invention does not necessarily have to be a portable terminal device, and may be a stationary terminal device installed in a game store.

[4-3. Management device]
In the above embodiment, the management device according to the present invention has been described as the hall computer 600, but instead of the hall computer 600, the ball management computer 800 or the medal management computer 16 may be used as the management device according to the present invention. Further, a member management computer that manages member information and a card management computer that manages card information may be used as the management device according to the present invention. Further, a computer having two or more functions among these management computers may be used as the management device according to the present invention.

Further, the management device according to the present invention does not necessarily have to be a management device that manages information about the gaming machine, and is a management device that transmits specific information to the terminal device separately from the management device that manages the information about the gaming machine. Is provided, and the terminal device may receive specific information from the management device.

Specifically, in the above embodiment, the process of generating and transmitting (distributing) the display device setting data 691 and the unit setting data 693 in the management process executed by the hall computer 600 is performed instead of the hall computer 600. A management device such as a ball management computer 800, a member management computer, or a card management computer may execute the data.

[4-4. Information display device]
In the above embodiment, the information display device according to the present invention has been described as data display devices 1200 and 400 for displaying game information and the like on a large liquid crystal display, and a card unit 300 which is a kind of recording medium processing device. The information display device is not limited to this. For example, the above-mentioned call lamp device 220 may be used as the information display device according to the present invention, or a recording medium processing device for processing a ball-held card, and an inter-unit counting unit provided with a display unit may be used as an information display according to the present invention. It may be a device.

[4-5. Game system]
The gaming system described in the above embodiment is merely an example of a gaming system for realizing the present invention, and it goes without saying that the design can be appropriately changed.

For example, in the above embodiment, the game system is configured in which the signal output from the game machine is directly input to the information display device or the game device, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the signal output from the game machine is not limited to this. Is input to the management device, and these signals may be indirectly input to the information display device or the game device via the management device to configure a game system.

Further, in the above embodiment, the card unit 300 is described as including the counting payout unit 380 which is the counting means, but it is also possible to prevent the gaming device from providing the counting means. For example, the hall computer 600 may calculate the number of balls to be ejected or the number of difference balls based on the game machine signal output from each game machine 1.

Specifically, for example, the hall computer 600 calculates the number of difference balls for each gaming machine 1 based on the prize ball signal output from the gaming machine 1 and the out signal output from the out ball detector 200. This may be done so that information such as the number of counting balls and the number of difference balls may be output to the gaming device.

Further, although different from the above embodiment, when the winning combination ratio or the continuous ratio calculated in the gaming machine 1 is an inappropriate value, a signal indicating that fact (for example, a payout rate abnormality signal) is displayed on the information display device. The information display device may be configured to output, and may execute a predetermined notification based on the payout rate abnormality signal output from the gaming machine 1.

For example, when the information display device is a data display device 1200, when the data display device 1200 receives a payout rate abnormality signal from the corresponding game machine 1, a message indicating that the payout rate is inappropriate is displayed on the display unit. Players and stores can tell that the payout rate is inappropriate by displaying it on the 1230, outputting the same voice message or warning sound from the sound output unit 1240, or making the light emitting unit 1250 emit red light. The clerk may be notified. The same applies to the case where the information display device is the card unit 300.

Further, in the above embodiment, the information display device does not calculate the actual measurement value of the payout rate, but the management device such as the hall computer 600 determines the game machine signal and the out-ball detector output from the game machine 1. The actual measurement value of the payout rate may be calculated based on the out signal output from the 200, and the calculated payout rate may be output to the information display device. In this case, the information display device determines the suitability of the measured payout rate value based on the measured payout rate value input from the management device and the preset payout rate reference range or the payout rate reference value, and the above-mentioned The payout rate suitability information may be displayed in the same manner as in the embodiment of.

Further, in this case, the management device such as the hall computer 600 calculates the measured payout rate value, and then the calculated payout rate measured value and the corresponding payout rate reference range or payout of the corresponding gaming machine 1 stored in advance. The suitability of the actual measurement value of the payout rate may be determined based on the rate reference value, and the determination result may be output to the information display device. In this case, when the information display device inputs the determination result that the actual measurement value of the payout rate is inappropriate from the management device, the information display device may display a message indicating that the payout rate is inappropriate on the display unit. If the same voice message or warning sound is output from the sound output unit, or the light emitting unit is made to emit red light, the player or the store clerk is notified that the payout rate is inappropriate. good.

Further, in the above embodiment, the payout rate suitability information is displayed on the display unit of the information display device, but this may be displayed on the display unit 625 of the hall computer 600. By doing so, the store manager can grasp the gaming machine that may have an inappropriate payout rate, and opens the glass door frame 3a of the gaming machine 1 to the store clerk. Instructions can be given to check the display monitor 26.

Further, the hall computer 600 may aggregate the game history of each gaming machine 1 and display the aggregated data on the display unit 625, or acquire the aggregated data of the game history from the data display devices 1200 and 400. , The aggregated data may be displayed on the display unit 625. By doing so, the store manager can grasp the game history of each gaming machine.

Further, the ball management computer 800 may aggregate the number of acquired balls acquired by the player by playing the game on each gaming machine 1, and display the aggregated data on the display unit 830, or the acquired balls from the card unit 300. The aggregated data of the number may be acquired and the aggregated data may be displayed on the display unit 830. By doing so, the manager of the store can grasp the number of balls acquired by the player in the game of each gaming machine.

Further, in the above embodiment, the mobile terminal 2000 does not acquire the payout information from the hall computer 600, but acquires the payout information from the information display device such as the data display device 1200 or the card unit 300. May be good.

Further, in the above embodiment, when the combination ratio or the connection ratio becomes an inappropriate value, the game machine 1 is configured to output a security signal to the hall computer 600, and the hall computer 600 is configured to output the security signal from the game machine 1. When the security signal is received, an alert signal including the gaming machine ID of the gaming machine 1 may be transmitted to the mobile terminal 2000. In this case, when the mobile terminal 2000 receives the alert signal from the hall computer 600, the mobile terminal 2000 may display the alert information and output the sound.

The gaming system according to the present invention also includes a gaming system including the above-mentioned gaming machines such as an enclosed pachinko gaming machine and a gaming point slot machine, and a management device for managing game information of these gaming machines. It is applicable as well.

[4-6. Relative value]
In the above embodiment, the relative value according to the present invention has been described as the payout rate calculated as the ratio of the number of payouts to the number of outs, but the relative value according to the present invention is not limited to this.

Specifically, the number of difference balls calculated as the difference between the number of outs and the number of payouts may be calculated and displayed as a relative value. In this case, the reference relative information according to the present invention may be a reference value for the number of difference balls (difference ball design value) or a reference range for the number of difference balls (difference ball design range).

Further, similarly to the pachinko gaming machine 1 described in the above embodiment, the management device calculates the joint ratio and the winning combination ratio as relative values, and transmits the calculated continuous ratio and the winning combination ratio to the terminal device as specific information. You may try to do it.

Further, when the management device calculates various relative values, a short-term relative value or a cumulative relative value may be calculated in the same manner as in the pachinko gaming machine 1 described in the above embodiment. For example, when calculating the payout rate, the short-term payout rate (short-term payout rate) or the cumulative payout rate (cumulative payout rate) may be calculated.
The same applies to the information display device.

[4-7. Specific information]
In the above embodiment, the specific information is described as the payout information such as the payout rate error and the payout rate suitability information, but the specific information is not limited to these, and may be information based on the reference relative information and the measured relative value. For example, any information can be used as specific information. If the relative value is used as the payout rate as in the above embodiment, the payout rate reference information and the payout rate actual measurement value can be compared (for example, the payout rate reference value and the payout rate actual measurement value are displayed side by side. ), Or information that numerically indicates how much the measured payout rate value deviates from the payout rate reference lower limit value and the payout rate reference upper limit value, etc. may be used as specific information.

Further, the specific information transmitted from the management device to the terminal device may or may not include the identification information of the gaming machine (game machine ID, machine number, model name, etc.). If the identification information of the gaming machine is not included, the terminal device should generate and store the data in which the identification information of the gaming machine that requested the specific information and the specific information transmitted from the management device are associated with each other. Just do it.

[4-8. Display mode]
In the above embodiment, the display portion determined to have an inappropriate payout rate is displayed in a color-coded manner, or the identification information of the gaming machine determined to have an inappropriate payout rate is displayed in a color-coded manner. Has made it possible to confirm game machines with an inappropriate payout rate, but the display mode of payout information is not limited to these. For example, the display portion determined to have an inappropriate payout rate may be blinked, or the identification information of the gaming machine determined to have an inappropriate payout rate may be blinked.

Further, the display mode of the payout information or the like may be changed based on the degree of deviation between the actually measured payout rate value and the payout rate reference value. For example, the display part where the payout rate is judged to be inappropriate and the identification information of the gaming machine where the payout rate is judged to be inappropriate are displayed by gradually changing from "green → yellow → red" in ascending order of the degree of deviation. You may let them do it.

Further, as for the display mode for displaying the payout information or the like on the display unit of the terminal device, the display mode described in the above embodiment is merely an example, and it goes without saying that the design can be changed as appropriate.

[4-9. Target of payout information]
In the above embodiment, the information display device calculates the payout rate and provides the payout rate information for both the non-big hit medium and low base state and the non-big hit medium and high base state of the gaming machine 1. Was explained as displaying. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and one of the gaming states may be excluded from the target for which the information display device calculates the payout rate and displays information related to the payout rate.

Unlike the high base state, the low base state is a game state that is disadvantageous to the player, so it can be said that the payout rate in the non-big hit medium and low base state is information that the player should pay attention to. Therefore, for example, even if the non-big hit medium and high base state is excluded from the target and the information display device calculates the payout rate and displays the information related to the payout rate only for the non-big hit medium and low base state. good.

Similarly, the management device is subject to the calculation of the payout rate for any one of the two gaming states of the gaming machine 1 in the non-big hit medium and low base state and the non-big hit medium and high base state. It may be excluded from. Further, the terminal device also excludes the gaming state of any one of the two gaming states of the non-big hit medium and low base state and the non-big hit medium and high base state from the display of the payout information. You may try to do it.

[4-10. Monitor guide display]
In the above embodiment, it has been described that the monitor guide information including the structure of the display monitor 29 built in the gaming machine 1 and the confirmation method of the display monitor 29 is displayed on the display unit 2300 of the mobile terminal 2000.

In general, many types of gaming machines are installed in a game store, so it is difficult for a store clerk to grasp the structure of all types of gaming machines. Therefore, for each model, information on how to open and close the glass door of the gaming machine and the installation position of the display monitor may be displayed on the terminal device, or the operation procedure until checking the display monitor may be displayed on the terminal device. good.

[4-11. Types of signals output by gaming machines]
In the above embodiment, it has been described that the gaming machine signal is output from the gaming machine 1 to the external device, and the out signal is output to the external device from the out ball detector 200 provided on the back surface of the gaming machine 1. However, this is not always the case, and a gaming machine equipped with an out switch for detecting a game ball that has passed through each winning opening or out opening is configured, and the number of gaming balls detected by the out switch is specified. Every time the number of balls (for example, 10 balls) is reached, a one-pulse out signal may be output directly from the gaming machine to an external device.

Further, in the above embodiment, the first defined number of balls when the prize ball signal is output from the gaming machine 1 has been described as "10 balls", but it is not always necessary to configure the first specified number of balls in this way. The specified number of balls may be set to "1 ball". Similarly, for the out signal, the second specified number of balls may be set to "1 ball".

Further, in addition to the types of signals described in the above-described embodiment, the types of signals output from the gaming machine to the external device can be appropriately redesigned.

FIG. 64 is a diagram showing another example of a signal output by the gaming machine to an external device.
The gaming machine is configured to output two types of signals, a test signal and an information output signal, from an external output board.

The test signal is a signal used for confirming the performance of the gaming machine, and is a signal that enables an external test device in the testing institution to inspect (confirm) the operation and state of the gaming machine.
On the other hand, the information output signal is a signal for notifying an external device of information about the gaming machine.

In this case, the test signal can include, for example, a signal for operating the accessory continuous operation device, a signal for operating the second starting port, and a signal for operating the large winning opening. Further, the information output signal can include a start signal, a prize ball signal, and a security signal.

The accessory continuous operation device is a device that operates when a specific symbol that triggers a transition to a probabilistic state in a gaming machine is won. When the big winning opening is opened by the operation of the accessory continuous operation device, the gaming machine is controlled to the big hit gaming state, and then to the probabilistic state. When the big winning opening is opened regardless of the operation of the accessory continuous operation device, it becomes a so-called small hit and is controlled to the small hit game state.

The accessory continuous operation device operating signal is a signal that turns ON when the accessory continuous operation device is in the operating state.
The operating signal of the second starting opening is a signal that turns ON when the variable winning ball device is normally activated and the second starting winning opening is opened.
The large winning opening operating signal is a signal that turns ON when the special variable winning ball device is activated and the large winning opening is in the open state.

Based on the above test signal, it is possible to standardize the determination of the gaming state of the gaming machine such as the big hit gaming state, the small hit gaming state, the probability variation state, and the time saving state, and to realize a simple determination of the gaming state. .. That is, it can be determined that the gaming machine is in the jackpot gaming state while the continuous operating device operating signal is being received, and the gaming machine is in the probabilistic state after the reception of the continuous operating device operating signal is completed. Can be determined to be. On the other hand, if the large winning opening operating signal is received without receiving the continuous operating device operating signal, it can be determined that the gaming machine is in the small hit gaming state. Further, while receiving the second start port signal, it can be determined that the gaming machine is in the time saving state.

When the above test signal is applied to the above-described embodiment, the external device determines whether the gaming machine is in the “non-big hit medium and low base state” or the “non-big hit medium and high base state” based on the test signal. If it is judged to be "non-big hit medium and low base state", the measured low base payout rate is calculated, and if it is judged to be "non-big hit medium and high base state", high base payout is made. The measured value of the rate may be calculated.

[4-12. Display of role ratio / consecutive ratio]
In the above embodiment, the game machine is configured to output information on the winning combination ratio, the connection ratio, etc. internally calculated to the management device, and the management device uses these information input from the game machine as specific information as a terminal. It may be sent to the device. Then, the terminal device may display information such as the winning combination ratio and the continuous ratio acquired from the management device in association with the identification information of the gaming machine.

Further, in the above embodiment, the game machine 1 is configured to output information on the winning combination ratio, the connection ratio, etc. internally calculated to the information display device, and the information display device inputs these information from the game machine 1. The information may be displayed on the display unit.

[4-13. Processing when an abnormality occurs in the payout rate]
In the above embodiment, the information display device outputs the ID (game machine ID) of the gaming machine for which the payout rate is determined to be inappropriate to the hall computer 600, so that the hall computer 600 may have an abnormality. A certain gaming machine 1 can be specified. Therefore, the processing unit 610 of the hall computer 600 displays the game machines that have received the game machine ID from the information display device on the display unit 625 in a color-coded manner on the layout screen showing the arrangement of all the game machines in the store. And so on. By doing so, the store manager can at a glance grasp the gaming machine 1 that may have an abnormality.

[4-14. Settings in the management device]
In the above embodiment, the hall computer 600 enables the model information to be downloaded from the server installed in the manufacturer of the gaming machine 1, and when the new gaming machine 1 is introduced into the store, the model information is downloaded. The payout rate standard information of the new machine may be downloaded from the manufacturer's server. Further, at this time, not only the payout rate reference information but also the design information including the external output terminal included in the gaming machine 1 and the information on the type of the output gaming machine signal may be downloaded from the manufacturer's server. good.

By doing so, the hall computer 600 can manage the method of calculating the payout rate and the method of determining the suitability of the payout rate for each model of the gaming machine.

[4-15. Settings on the information display device]
In the above embodiment, it has been described that the information display device according to the present invention performs various settings based on the setting data transmitted from the management device. In this case, all the information display devices installed in the store may be set collectively, the game islands may be set collectively, or the information display devices may be individually set. It may be. In particular, it is effective to set each game island on which the same type of game machine is installed.

Further, the information display device may set the setting based on the signal that can identify that the setting operation to the operation unit of the information display device has been performed, or the setting data may be stored in the storage unit of the information display device in advance. It may be possible for the information display device to perform the setting by storing the data and performing the setting execution operation from the operation unit by the employee of the store.

Further, the store manager or employee may enable the information display device to make settings by transmitting a setting signal from the setting remote controller 700 to the information display device.

Furthermore, it is possible to download setting information from an external device installed outside the store (for example, a server installed at a card company) using a communication network such as the Internet, and based on the downloaded setting information, It may be possible to make information display devices and settings.

Further, it is desirable that the above-mentioned information display device is basically set by the store employee during non-business such as after the store is closed or before the store is opened. That is, as a mode related to the setting of the information display device, the non-business mode may be defined in the program of the device, and the information display device may be set in this non-business mode.

[4-16. Display of game history and owned game value]
In the second embodiment described above, it has been described that the data display device 1200, which is a kind of information display device, aggregates the game history information of the corresponding game machine 1 and displays it on the display unit 1230. 3 The card unit 300 described in the embodiment may perform the operation. That is, the card unit 300, which is a kind of information display device, may aggregate the game history information based on the game machine signal output from the corresponding game machine 1 and display it on the liquid crystal display 313.

Further, in the third embodiment described above, the card unit 300, which is a kind of information display device, totals the number of acquired balls acquired by the player by playing the game on the corresponding gaming machine 1 and displays them on the liquid crystal display 313. Although this has been described as a matter of fact, the data display device 1200 described in the second embodiment may perform this. The data display device 1200, which is a kind of information display device, may calculate the number of acquired balls based on the game machine signal output from the corresponding game machine 1 and display it on the display unit 1230.

Further, the game history information of each gaming machine 1 may be displayed on the display unit 625 of the hall computer 600, which is a kind of management device, or the display unit 830 of the ball management computer 800. In this case, the hall computer 600 may acquire the game history information from the data display device 1200, or the processing unit 610 aggregates the game history information based on the game machine signals output from each game machine 1. You may do so. Further, the ball management computer 800 may acquire game history information from the hall computer 600.

Further, the number of acquired balls acquired by the player by playing the game on each gaming machine 1 may be displayed on the display unit 625 of the hall computer 600, which is a kind of management device, or the display unit 830 of the ball management computer 800. .. In this case, the hall computer 600 may acquire the acquired number of balls from the card unit 300, or the processing unit 610 aggregates the acquired number of balls based on the game machine signal output from each gaming machine 1. It may be. Further, the ball management computer 800 may acquire information on the number of acquired balls from the card unit 300 or the hall computer 600.

[4-17. Game information]
In the above embodiment, the information display device has been described as displaying information such as game history information (general game history information, individual game history information, etc.) and the number of acquired balls as game information, but it is displayed as game information. The information that is possible is not limited to this information.

Depending on the store where the gaming machine is installed, there are stores that allow entry between gaming machines with different rental rates. Taking a pachinko machine as an example, this includes a 4-yen pachinko machine to a 1-yen pachinko machine and a 1-yen pachinko machine to a 4-yen pachinko machine. Therefore, for example, information regarding the payout of stored balls (or possessed balls) in the gaming machines 1 having different lending rates may be displayed as game information.

Specifically, information such as the number and time of times the stored balls have been paid out and the number of balls paid out may be displayed as game information. For example, the information is aggregated by a management device such as the ball management computer 800, and the aggregated information is indirectly output from the management device to the information display device via the unit (card unit or inter-unit counting unit). Or, the information may be output directly from the management device to the information display device.

Further, in the above embodiment, it has been described that the information display device can display two types of game history information, that is, general game history information and individual game history information, as game history information. However, in addition to this, detailed game history information, which is more detailed information of one game history information, may be displayed as game history information.

Specifically, regarding the number of big hits (total, probability variation, normal) included in the game history information, not only the number of big hits on the day but also the number of big hits for the past predetermined period (for example, the past 3 days) is used as detailed game history information. It may be displayed, or as for the ball output graph, not only the current day ball output graph but also the daily ball output graph and the ball output graph for each machine may be displayed as detailed game history information.

[4-18. recoding media]
The recording medium possessed by the player and usable for the game on the gaming machine is not limited to the gaming card such as the pachinko card described in the above embodiment. For example, a mobile phone such as a smartphone owned by a player, a tablet terminal, a player terminal such as a PDA, or the like may be used as a recording medium.

Specifically, for example, the reception of the recording medium is that a smartphone, which is an IC-compatible player terminal, is held by an IC reader provided in the gaming device, and the player makes a deposit with electronic money to make a payment to the gaming machine. It may be possible to play with. In addition, when the card return button is pressed, the reception cancellation standby state is set, and when the same smartphone as the smartphone being accepted in this reception cancellation standby state is held by the IC reader, the reception of the recording medium is canceled. You may.

1 Pachinko game machine 200 Out-ball detector 220 Call lamp device 300 Card unit 400 Data display device 500 Inter-unit counting unit 600 Hall computer 700 Setting remote control 800 Ball management computer 900 Unit terminal 1000 Game system 1200 Data display device 2000 Mobile terminal

Claims (1)

It is a game system including a terminal device for a game store where a game machine is installed and a management device for managing information about the game machine.
The management device is
Criteria relative, which is information on the relative value standard between the used game value, which is the game value used by the player during the non-advantageous state, and the acquired game value, which is the game value acquired by the player during the non-advantageous state. A transmission means capable of transmitting specific information based on the information and the measured relative value which is the measured value of the relative value in the gaming machine to the terminal device.
An input means capable of inputting the reference relative information and
A receiving means capable of receiving the reference relative information from the terminal device or an external device different from the terminal device, and
With
The terminal device includes display means capable of displaying specific information transmitted from the transmission means in association with identification information of a gaming machine.
Wherein the display means can display information about the game value corresponding to the gaming machine, the gaming machine, if the value related to the relative value that is equipped with a display monitor capable of displaying, the display monitor is mounted It is possible to display that it is done,
A game system characterized by this.

Images